UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

X

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

___

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________.

 

Commission File Number : 0-13666
BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES
( Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter )

 

Maine
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization )

01-0393663
( I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
)

P.O. Box 400, 82 Main Street
Bar Harbor, Maine
( Address of principal executive offices )

04609-0400
(Zip Code)

(207) 288-3314
(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of Class

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $2.00 par value per share

American Stock Exchange

 

                Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: YES: ___ NO: X
                Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: YES:__  NO: X
                Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: YES: ___ NO: X
                Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. ___
                Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
                                                Large accelerated filer ___   Accelerated filer X   Non-accelerated filer ___
                Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2): YES: ___  NO: X
              As of June 30, 2005, the aggregate market value of the 3,023,766 shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued and outstanding on such date, excluding the approximately 54,329 shares held by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant as a group (which does not include unexercised stock options), was $80,885,741. This aggregate market value is based on the last sale price of $26.75 per share of the Registrant’s Common Stock on June 30, 2005, as reported in The Wall Street Journal on July 1, 2005. Although directors of the Registrant and executive officers of the Registrant and its subsidiaries were assumed to be "affiliates" of the Registrant for purposes of this calculation, the classification is not to be interpreted as an affirmation of such status.
            Number of shares of Common Stock par value $2.00 outstanding as of March 7, 2006: 3,055,641

                                                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
            Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 16, 2006 are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS DISCLAIMER

Certain statements, as well as certain other discussions contained in this Form 10-K, or incorporated herein by reference, contain statements which may be considered to be forward-looking within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words like "strategy," "expects," "plans," "believes," "will," "estimates," "intends," "projects," "goals," "targets," and other words of similar meaning. You can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.

Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those made in connection with estimates with respect to the future results of operation, financial condition, and the business of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Company") which are subject to change based on the impact of various factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or suggested due to certain risks and uncertainties. Those factors include but are not limited to:

(i)

The Company's success is dependent to a significant extent upon general economic conditions in Maine, and Maine's ability to attract new business, as well as factors that affect tourism, a major source of economic activity in the Company’s immediate market areas;

(ii)

The Company's earnings depend to a great extent on the level of net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings) generated by the Bank, and thus the Bank's results of operations may be adversely affected by increases or decreases in interest rates;

(iii)

The banking business is highly competitive and the profitability of the Company depends on the Bank's ability to attract loans and deposits in Maine, where the Bank competes with a variety of traditional banking and nontraditional institutions, such as credit unions and finance companies;

(iv)

A significant portion of the Bank's loan portfolio is comprised of commercial loans and loans secured by real estate, exposing the Company to the risks inherent in financings based upon analysis of credit risk, the value of underlying collateral, and other intangible factors which are considered in making commercial loans and, accordingly, the Company's profitability may be negatively impacted by judgment errors in risk analysis, by loan defaults, and the ability of certain borrowers to repay such loans during a downturn in general economic conditions;

(v)

A significant delay in or inability to execute strategic initiatives designed to increase revenues and or control expenses;

(vi)

The potential need to adapt to changes in information technology systems, on which the Company is highly dependent, could present operational issues or require significant capital spending;

(vii)

Significant changes in the Company’s internal controls, or internal control failures;

(viii)

Acts or threats of terrorism and actions taken by the United States or other governments as a result of such threats, including military action, could further adversely affect business and economic conditions in the United States generally and in the Company’s markets, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance and that of borrowers and on the financial markets and the price of the Company’s common stock;

(ix)

Significant changes in the extensive laws, regulations, and policies governing bank holding companies and their subsidiaries could alter the Company's business environment or affect its operations; and

(x)

The Company’s success in managing the risks involved in all of the foregoing matters.

The forward-looking statements contained herein represent the Company's judgment as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on such statements. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in the succeeding discussion, or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except to the extent required by federal securities laws.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1

BUSINESS

6

Organization

6

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust

6

Bar Harbor Trust Services

8

Economy

8

Competition

9

Management and Employees

10

Supervision and Regulation

10

Financial Information About Industry Segments

17

Guide 3 Information

17

Availability of Information – Company Website

17

ITEM 1A

RISK FACTORS

18

ITEM 1B

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

24

ITEM 2

PROPERTIES

24

ITEM 3

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

25

ITEM 4

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

25

PART II

ITEM 5

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

26

Quarterly Stock Prices

26

Dividends Paid to Shareholders

26

Stock Repurchase Plan

26

Incentive Stock Option Plan

27

Transfer Agent Services

27

ITEM 6

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

28

ITEM 7

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

29

Executive Overview

29

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

34

Financial Condition

35

Results of Operations

60

 

ITEM 7A

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

72

ITEM 8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

78

ITEM 9

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

112

ITEM 9A

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

112

ITEM 9B

OTHER INFORMATION

114

PART III

ITEM 10

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

114

ITEM 11

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

114

ITEM 12

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

114

ITEM 13

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

114

ITEM 14

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

114

PART IV

ITEM 15

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

115

SIGNATURES

117

 

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Organization

Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Company") was incorporated January 19, 1984. As of March 7, 2006, the Company’s securities consisted of one class of common stock, par value of $2.00 per share, of which there were 3,055,641 shares outstanding held of record by approximately 1,042 shareholders. The Company has one, wholly owned first tier operating subsidiary, Bar Harbor Bank & Trust (the "Bank"), a community bank, which offers a wide range of deposit, loan, and related banking products, as well as brokerage services provided through a third-party brokerage arrangement. In addition, the Company offers trust and investment management services through its second tier subsidiary, Bar Harbor Trust Services ("Trust Services"), a Maine chartered non-depository trust company. These products and services are offered to individuals, businesses, not-for-profit organizations and municipalities.

The Company is a bank holding company ("BHC") registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHC Act"), and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FRB"). The Company is also a Maine Financial Institution Holding Company for the purposes of the laws of the State of Maine, and as such is subject to the jurisdiction of the Superintendent (the "Superintendent") of the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions ("BFI").

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust

The Bank, originally founded in 1887 and now a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, is a Maine financial institution, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") up to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Bank is subject to the supervision, regulation, and examination of the FDIC and the BFI. It is not a member of the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Bank has eleven branch offices located throughout downeast and midcoast Maine, including its principal office located at 82 Main Street, Bar Harbor. The Bank’s offices are located in Hancock, Washington, and Knox Counties, representing the Bank’s principal market areas. The Hancock County offices, in addition to Bar Harbor, are located in Blue Hill, Deer Isle, Ellsworth, Northeast Harbor, Southwest Harbor, and Winter Harbor. The Washington County offices are located in Milbridge, Machias, and Lubec. The Knox County office is located in Rockland. The Bank also has a loan production office located in Bangor, Maine. The Bank delivers its operations and technology support services from its operations center located in Ellsworth, Maine. The Bank has publicly announced its plan to open a new Bank branch located in Somesville, County of Hancock, Maine. It is anticipated that this new Somesville branch location will be operational by the end of the first quarter 2006.

The Bank is a retail bank serving individual and business customers, retail establishments and restaurants, seasonal lodging and campgrounds, and a large contingent of retirees. As a coastal bank, it serves the tourism, hospitality, lobstering, fishing, boat building and marine services industries. It also serves Maine’s wild blueberry industry through its Hancock and Washington County offices. The Bank operates in a competitive market that includes other community banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and branch offices of statewide and interstate bank holding companies located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank continues to be one of the larger independent commercial banks in the state of Maine.

The Bank has a broad deposit base and loss of any one depositor or closely aligned group of depositors would not have a materially adverse effect on its business. Historically, the banking business in the Bank’s market area has been seasonal, with lower deposits in the winter and spring, and higher deposits in the summer and fall. These seasonal swings have been fairly predictable and have not had a materially adverse impact on the Bank or its liquidity position. Approximately 88% of the Bank’s deposits are in interest bearing accounts. The Bank has paid, and anticipates that it will continue to pay, competitive interest rates on all of the deposit account products it offers and does not anticipate any material loss of these deposits.

The Bank emphasizes personal service to the community, with a concentration on retail banking. Customers are primarily individuals and small businesses to which the Bank offers a wide variety of products and services.

Retail Products and Services : The Bank offers a variety of consumer financial products and services designed to satisfy the deposit and borrowing needs of its retail customers. The Bank’s retail deposit products and services include checking accounts, interest bearing NOW accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, club accounts, short-term and long-term certificates of deposit, and Individual Retirement Accounts. Credit products and services include home mortgages, residential construction loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, student loans, credit cards, installment loans, and overdraft protection. Overdraft protection is offered via a standby line of credit product. Secured and unsecured installment loans are provided for new or used automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and other personal needs. The Bank also offers other customary products and services such as safe deposit box rental, wire transfers, check collection services, foreign currency exchange, money orders, Travelers Checks, and U.S. Savings Bonds.

The Bank staffs a customer service center, providing customers with telephone and e-mail responses to their questions and needs. Free bank-by-mail services are also offered.

Retail Brokerage Services: The Bank retains Infinex Investments, Inc, ("Infinex") as a full service third-party broker-dealer, conducting business under the assumed business name "Bar Harbor Financial Services." Bar Harbor Financial Services is a branch office of Infinex, an independent registered broker-dealer offering securities and insurance products that is not affiliated with the Company or its subsidiaries. These products are not deposits, are not insured by the FDIC or any other any government agency, are not guaranteed by the Bank or any affiliate, and may be subject to investment risk, including possible loss of value.

Bar Harbor Financial Services principally serves the brokerage needs of individuals, from first-time purchasers, to sophisticated investors. It also offers a line of life insurance, annuity, and retirement products, as well as financial planning services. Infinex was formed by a group of member banks, and is currently the largest provider of third party investment and insurance services to banks and their customers in New England. Through Infinex, the Bank is able to take advantage of the expertise, capabilities, and experience of a well-established third-party broker-dealer in a cost effective manner.

Electronic Banking Services: The Bank continues to offer free, on-line real-time Internet banking services, including free check image and electronic bill payment, through its dedicated website at www.BHBT.com . Additionally, the Bank offers TeleDirect, an interactive voice response system through which customers can check account balances and activity, as well as initiate money transfers between their accounts. Automated Teller Machines (ATMs) are located at each of the Bank’s branch locations, as well as three machines in non-Bank locations. These ATMs access major networks throughout the United States, including Plus, NYCE, and other major ATM and credit card companies. The Bank is also a member of Maine Cash Access, providing customers with surcharge-free access to 193 ATMs throughout the state of Maine. Visa debit cards are also offered, providing customers with free access to their deposit account balances at point of sale locations throughout most of the world.

Commercial Products and Services : The Bank serves the small business market throughout downeast and midcoast Maine. It offers business loans to individuals, partnerships, corporations, and other business entities for capital construction, real estate and equipment financing, working capital, real estate development, and a broad range of other business purposes. Business loans are provided primarily to organizations and sole proprietors in the tourist, hospitality, health care, blueberry, boatbuilding, and fishing industries, as well as to other small and mid-size businesses associated with coastal communities. Certain larger loans, which exceed the Bank’s lending limits, are written on a participation basis with other financial institutions, whereby the Bank retains only such portions of those loans that are within its lending limits and credit risk tolerances.

The Bank offers a variety of commercial deposit accounts, most notably business checking and tiered money market accounts. These accounts are typically used as operating accounts or short-term savings vehicles. The Bank’s cash management services provide business customers with short-term investment opportunities through a cash management sweep program, whereby excess operating funds over established thresholds are swept into overnight securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The Bank also offers Business On Line Direct (" BOLD" ) an on line real-time Internet banking service for businesses. This service allows business clients to view their account histories, print statements, view check images, order stop payments, transfer funds between accounts, transmit Automated Clearing House (ACH) files, and order both domestic and foreign wire transfers. Other commercial banking services include merchant credit card processing, night depository, and coin and currency handling.

Bar Harbor Trust Services

Bar Harbor Trust Services ("Trust Services") is a Maine chartered, non-depository trust company and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. Trust Services provides a comprehensive array of trust and investment management services to individuals, businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and municipalities of varying asset size.

Trust Services serves as trustee of both living trusts and trusts under wills, including revocable and irrevocable, charitable remainder and testamentary trusts, and in this capacity holds, accounts for and manages financial assets, real estate and special assets. Custody, estate settlement, and fiduciary tax services, among others, are also offered. Additionally, Trust Services offers employee benefit trust services for which it acts as trustee, custodian, administrator and/or investment advisor, among other things, for employee benefit plans and for corporate, self employed, municipal and not-for-profit employers located throughout the Company’s market areas.

The staff includes credentialed investment and trust professionals with extensive experience. At December 31, 2005, Trust Services served 735 client accounts, with assets under management and held in custody amounting to $221 million and $28 million, respectively.

Economy

Maine is a state of approximately 1.3 million people inhabiting a space that is roughly the size of the other five New England states combined. Maine’s economy has long been based on the bounty of its natural resources, namely: fishing, farming, forestry, and tourism. The very nature of these industries has meant that a significant portion of Maine’s employment opportunity is seasonal, and overall earnings lag behind national averages. Maine’s population growth can be described in three ways: its population is growing slowly, it is growing older and it is growing unevenly. Poverty rates are relatively high at 11.5%, but vary dramatically by region, ranging from 8.0% in York County to 20.9% in Washington County. The market place served by the Company is driven, in part, by the tourism and hospitality industries, which represent one in ten jobs in the state of Maine.

Despite Maine’s strong natural resource heritage and the independent nature of its people, Maine’s economic vitality has become dependent on regional and national activity. As Maine’s economy has transitioned from an agricultural and industrial foundation towards a service and information-based economy, it has become increasingly dependent on the global market place. As in other states, Maine’s economy is being shaped and propelled by several factors including its population dynamics, the changing composition of the job base, globalization, fiscal devolution and technology.

According to a recent report issued by the Maine State Planning Office, the Maine economy grew slowly in 2005. While there were some areas of improvement over 2004, the major measures still found Maine ranked below the average state in terms of growth. Economic positives were essentially limited to significant improvements in the housing permit and residential construction sectors. Sales tax revenue through August 2005 was up only 2.9% over the same period in 2004 and was considerably slower than the 5.3% measured for 2004 as a whole.

According to a recent report issued by the Maine Department of Labor, between December 2004 and December 2005, Maine’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate rose from 4.6% to 4.8%, compared with the national average of 4.9%. The major industry groups creating the most jobs over the year were education and health services, while the largest declines were in manufacturing and financial services. The personal income growth rate in Maine ranked 47th among the 50 states. Personal income in Maine is affected by retirements among the Maine population, currently the oldest in the nation.

Oil and gas prices were persistently high during 2005. Energy is particularly expensive in Maine and other New England states. The combination of high energy prices and slow income growth has impacted retail sales. Businesses are also feeling the effect of high energy costs.

Changes in the economy are difficult to predict, and the foregoing discussion may or may not be indicative of whether the northern New England economy, including the state of Maine, and particularly downeast and midcoast Maine, is improving or will continue to strengthen. A downturn in the local economies that the Company serves, or adverse changes in the real estate markets could negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Competition

The Company competes principally in downeast and midcoast Maine, which can generally be characterized as rural areas. The Company considers its primary market areas to be in Hancock, Knox, and Washington counties, each in the state of Maine. According to the most recent Census Bureau Report (2003), the population of these three counties is 52,792, 40,406 and 33,479 respectively, representing a combined population of approximately 126,677. Their economies are based primarily on tourism, health care, fishing, aquaculture, agriculture, and small local businesses, but are also supported by a large contingent of retirees. Major competitors in these market areas include local independent banks, local branches of large regional bank affiliates, thrift institutions, savings and loan institutions, and credit unions. Other competitors in the Company’s primary market area include financing affiliates of consumer durable goods manufacturers, insurance companies, brokerage firms, investment advisors, and other non-bank financial service providers.

Like most financial institutions in the United States of America, the Company competes with an ever-increasing array of financial service providers. As the national economy moves further towards a concentration of service companies and the overall health of the financial services industry continues to be strong, competitive pressures will mount.

As a bank holding company and state-chartered commercial bank, respectively, the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, including, in many cases, regulations that limit the type and scope of their activities. The non-bank financial service providers that compete with the Company and the Bank may not be subject to such extensive regulation, supervision, and tax burden. Competition from nationwide banks, as well as local institutions, continues to be aggressive.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid changes in technology. In addition to improving customer services, effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Further technological advances are likely to intensify competition by enabling more companies to provide financial resources. Accordingly, the Company’s future success will depend in part on its ability to address customer needs by using technology. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to develop new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products to our customers. Many of the Company’s competitors have far greater resources to invest in technology.

The Company has generally been able to compete effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing quality customer service, making decisions at the local level, maintaining long-term customer relationships, building customer loyalty, and providing products and services designed to address the specific needs of customers; however, no assurance can be given that the Company will continue to be able to compete effectively with other financial institutions in the future.

No material part of the Company’s business is dependent upon one, or a few customers, or upon a particular industry segment, the loss of which would have a material adverse impact on the operations of the Company.

Management and Employees

The Company has two principal officers: Joseph M. Murphy, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gerald Shencavitz, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.

Joseph M. Murphy also serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Gerald Shencavitz also serves as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer of the Bank, and Chief Financial Officer of Trust Services. Other senior operating positions in the Company include a President of Trust Services, and Senior Vice Presidents in charge of retail banking, commercial lending, credit administration, operations, human resources and marketing.

As of December 31, 2005, the Bank employed 139 full-time equivalent employees, Trust Services employed 12 full-time equivalent employees, and the holding company employed 3 full-time employees, representing a full-time equivalent complement of 154 employees of the Company.

The Company maintains comprehensive employee benefit programs, which provide health, dental, long-term and short-term disability, and life insurance. All Company employees are eligible for participation in the Bar Harbor Bankshares 401(k) Plan. Certain officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries also participate in the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan and/or have incentive bonus compensation plans, deferred compensation arrangements, supplemental executive retirement agreements and change in control, confidentiality and non-compete agreements.

The Company’s management believes that employee relations are good and there are no known disputes between management and employees.

Supervision and Regulation

The business in which the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged is subject to extensive supervision, regulation, and examination by various federal and state bank regulatory agencies, including the FRB, the FDIC, and the Superintendent, as well as other governmental agencies in the states in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate. The supervision, regulation, and examination to which the Company and its subsidiaries are subject are intended primarily to protect depositors and other customers, or are aimed at carrying out broad public policy goals, and are not necessarily for the protection of the shareholders.

Some of the more significant statutory and regulatory provisions applicable to banks and BHCs, to which the Company and its subsidiaries are subject, are described more fully below, together with certain statutory and regulatory matters concerning the Company and its subsidiaries. The description of these statutory and regulatory provisions does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provision. Any change in applicable law or regulation may have a material effect on the Company’s business and operations, as well as those of its subsidiaries. The Company’s shareholders generally are not subject to these statutory and regulatory provisions.

Bank Holding Company Act : As a registered BHC and a Maine financial institution holding company, the Company is subject to regulation under the BHC Act and Maine law and to examination and supervision by the FRB and the Superintendent, and is required to file reports with, and provide additional information requested by, the FRB and the Superintendent. The FRB has the authority to issue orders to BHCs to cease and desist from unsound banking practices and violations of conditions imposed by, or violations of agreements with, the FRB. The FRB is also empowered to assess civil money penalties against companies or individuals that violate the BHC Act or orders or regulations there under, to order termination of non-banking activities of non-banking subsidiaries of BHCs, and to order termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary of a BHC.

The BHC Act prohibits a BHC from acquiring substantially all the assets of a bank or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, or increasing such ownership or control of any bank, or merging or consolidating with any BHC without prior FRB approval. Unless a BHC becomes a "financial holding company" (an "FHC") under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), as discussed below, the BHC Act also prohibits a BHC from acquiring a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or BHC, and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks, except that it may engage in and may own shares of companies engaged in certain activities the FRB determined to be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, Maine law requires approval by the Superintendent prior to acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of a Maine financial institution or any financial institution holding company that controls a Maine financial institution. The Superintendent also must approve acquisition by a Maine financial institution holding company of more than 5% of a financial institution or financial institution holding company domiciled outside of the state of Maine.

Federal Reserve Act: Various other laws and regulations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (the "FRA"), generally limit borrowings, extensions of credit, and certain other transactions between the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries and its affiliate insured depository institution. Section 23A of the FRA also generally requires that an insured depository institution’s loans to non-bank affiliates be secured in appropriate amounts, and Section 23B of the FRA generally requires that transactions between an insured depository institution and its non-bank affiliates be on market terms. These laws and regulations also limit BHCs and their subsidiaries from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property, or furnishing of services.

Financial Services Modernization: The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), which significantly altered banking laws in the United States, was signed into law in 1999. GLBA enabled combinations among banks, securities firms and insurance companies beginning in 2000. As a result of GLBA, many of the depression-era laws that restricted these affiliations and other activities that may be engaged in by banks and bank holding companies, were repealed. Under GLBA, bank holding companies are permitted to offer their customers virtually any type of service that is financial in nature or incidental thereto, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both underwriting and agency), and merchant banking.

GLBA established a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the BHC Act framework to permit BHCs that qualify and elect to be treated as financial holding companies to engage in a range of financial activities broader than would be permissible for traditional BHCs that have not elected to be treated as FHC’s, such as the Company. "Financial activities" is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance, and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the FRB, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

In order to elect to become an FHC, a BHC must meet certain tests and file an election form with the FRB. To qualify, all of a BHC’s subsidiary banks must be well capitalized and well managed, as measured by regulatory guidelines. In addition, to engage in the new activities, each of the BHC’s banks must have been rated "satisfactory" or better in its most recent federal Community Reinvestment Act evaluation.

A BHC that elects to be treated as an FHC may face significant consequences if its banks fail to maintain the required capital and management ratings, including entering into an agreement with the FRB, which imposes limitations on its operations and may even require divestitures. Such possible ramifications may limit the ability of a bank subsidiary to significantly expand or acquire less than well-capitalized and well-managed institutions. The Company has not elected to become an FHC.

Further, GLBA permits state banks, to the extent permitted under state law, to engage in certain new activities that are permissible for subsidiaries of an FHC. GLBA expressly preserves the ability of state banks to retain all existing subsidiaries. In order to form a financial subsidiary, a state bank must be well capitalized, and such banks would be subject to certain capital deduction, risk management, and affiliate transaction rules. Also, the FDIC’s final rules governing the establishment of financial subsidiaries adopt the position that a state nonmember bank may only conduct through a financial subsidiary activities that a national bank could only engage in through a financial subsidiary, such as real estate development or investment, continue to be governed by the FDIC’s standard activities rules. Moreover, to mirror the FRB’s actions with respect to state member banks, the final rules provide that a state bank subsidiary that engages only in activities that the bank could engage in directly (regardless of the nature of the activities) will not be deemed to be a financial subsidiary.

Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 : The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 generally authorizes BHCs to acquire banks located in any state, possibly subject to certain state-imposed age and deposit concentration limits, and also generally authorizes interstate mergers, and to a lesser extent, interstate banking.

Declaration of Dividends : According to its Policy Statement on Cash Dividends Not Fully Covered by Earnings (the "FRB Dividend Policy"), the FRB considers adequate capital to be critical to the health of individual banking organizations and to the safety and stability of the banking system. Of course, one of the major components of the capital adequacy of a bank or a BHC is the strength of its earnings and the extent to which its earnings are retained and added to capital, or paid to shareholders in the form of cash dividends. Accordingly, the FRB Dividend Policy suggests that banks and BHCs generally should not maintain their existing rate of cash dividends on common stock, unless the organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The FRB Dividend Policy reiterates the FRB’s belief that a BHC should not maintain a level of cash dividends to its shareholders that places undue pressure on the capital of bank subsidiaries, or that can be funded only through additional borrowings or other arrangements that may undermine the BHC’s ability to serve as a source of strength.

Until June 30, 2003, Maine law previously provided that a corporation’s board of directors could declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in cash or other property, generally out of the corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted earned surplus, or out of the unreserved and unrestricted net earnings of the current fiscal year and the next preceding fiscal year taken as a single period, except under certain circumstances, including when the corporation is insolvent, or when the payment of the dividend would render the corporation insolvent, or when the declaration would be contrary to the corporation’s charter. These limitations were repealed effective as of July 1, 2003. Under current Maine corporation law, the directors of a corporation may make distributions to its shareholders (subject to restriction by the articles of incorporation) if, (1) the corporation’s assets exceed its liabilities (plus any amounts payable to preferred classes of stock), and (2) the corporation is able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business (i.e., it must not be insolvent). These new limitations generally apply to investor owned Maine financial institutions and financial institution holding companies.

Federal bank regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit banking institutions from paying dividends if those agencies determine that, based on the financial condition of the bank, such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Capital Adequacy Guidelines: The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a BHC and in analyzing applications to it under the BHC Act. The FRB’s capital adequacy guidelines apply on a consolidated basis to BHCs with consolidated assets of $150 million or more; thus, these guidelines apply to the Company.

The FRB’s capital adequacy guidelines generally require BHCs to maintain total capital equal to 8% of total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items, with at least one-half of that amount consisting of Tier 1 or core capital and the remaining amount consisting of Tier 2 or supplementary capital. Tier 1 capital for BHCs generally consists of the sum of common stockholders’ equity and perpetual preferred stock (subject in the case of the latter to limitations on the kind and amount of such stocks which may be included as Tier 1 capital), less goodwill and other non-qualifying intangible assets. Tier 2 capital generally consists of hybrid capital instruments; perpetual preferred stock, which is not eligible to be included as Tier 1 capital; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock; and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan losses. Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics.

In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the FRB requires BHCs to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital (defined by reference to the risk-based capital guidelines) to total assets of 3.0%. Total assets for this purpose do not include goodwill and any other intangible assets and investments that the FRB determines should be deducted from Tier 1 capital. The FRB has announced that the 3.0% leverage ratio requirement is the minimum for the strong BHCs without any supervisory, financial or operational weaknesses or deficiencies, or those that are not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. All other BHCs are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. BHCs with supervisory, financial, operational, or managerial weaknesses, as well as BHCs that are anticipating or experiencing significant growth, are expected to maintain capital ratios well above the minimum levels.

At December 31, 2005, and at the time of this report, the Company’s risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio were well in excess of regulatory requirements, and its management expects these ratios to remain in excess of regulatory requirements. Separate, but substantially similar, capital requirements under FDIC regulations apply to the Company’s bank subsidiary, and these also exceed regulatory requirements at December 31, 2005, and at the time of this report.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the Company or the Bank to a variety of FDIC corrective actions, including for example, (i) restricting payment of capital distributions and management fees, (ii) requiring that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital, (iii) requiring submission of a capital restoration plan, (iv) restricting the growth of the institution’s assets, and (v) requiring prior approval of certain expansion proposals.

Information concerning the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 7, section entitled "Capital Resources" and from Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 12 "Shareholders’ Equity," each in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks:  FDIC insured, state-chartered banks, such as the Bank, are also subject to similar restrictions on their business and activities. Section 24 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), generally limits the activities as principal and equity investments of FDIC insured, state-chartered banks to those activities that are permissible to national banks. In 1999, the FDIC substantially revised its regulations implementing Section 24 of the FDIA to ease the ability of state-chartered banks to engage in certain activities not permissible for national banks, and to expedite FDIC review of bank applications and notices to engage in such activities.

Safety and Soundness Standards: The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act ("FDICIA"), as amended, directs each federal banking agency to prescribe safety and soundness standards for depository institutions relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk, asset growth, compensation, asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation. The Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 amended FDICIA by allowing federal banking agencies to publish guidelines rather than regulations covering safety and soundness.

FDICIA also contains a variety of other provisions that may affect the Company’s and the Bank’s operations, including reporting requirements, regulatory guidelines for real estate lending, "truth in savings" provisions, and the requirement that a depository institution give 90 days prior written notice to customers and regulatory authorities before closing any branch.

Community Reinvestment: Pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") and similar provisions of Maine law, regulatory authorities review the performance of the Company and the Bank in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the Bank. The applicable regulatory authorities consider compliance with this law in connection with the applications for, among other things, approval for branches, branch relocations, and acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies. The Bank received a "satisfactory" rating at its most recent CRA examination, October 3, 2005.

Customer Information Security: The FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies have published final guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding nonpublic personal information about customers that implement provisions of the GLBA (the "Guidelines"). Among other things, the Guidelines require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its Board of Directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to, or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.

Privacy: The FDIC and other regulatory agencies have published final privacy rules pursuant to provisions of the GLBA ("Privacy Rules"). The Privacy Rules, which govern the treatment of nonpublic personal information about consumers by financial institutions, require a financial institution to provide notice to customers (and other consumers in some circumstances) about its privacy policies and practices, describe the conditions under which a financial institution may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties, and provide a method for consumers to prevent a financial institution from disclosing that information to most nonaffiliated third parties by "opting-out" of that disclosure, subject to certain exceptions.

USA Patriot Act: The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the "Patriot Act"), designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain anonymous access to the U.S. financial system, has significant implications for depository institutions, broker-dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act, together with the implementing regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, including the Bank and Trust Services, to adopt and implement additional or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering compliance, suspicious activity and currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis. The statute and its underlying regulations also permit information sharing for counter-terrorist purposes between federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well as among financial institutions, subject to certain conditions. It also requires the Federal Reserve Board (and other federal banking agencies) to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money-laundering activities when considering applications filed under Section 3 of the BHC Act, or under the Bank Merger Act. Management believes the Company is in compliance with all of the requirements prescribed by the Patriot Act and all applicable final implementing regulations.

Deposit Insurance: The FDIA does not require the FDIC to charge all banks deposit insurance premiums when the ratio of deposit insurance reserves to insured deposits is maintained above specified levels. However, as a result of general economic conditions and potential bank failures, it is possible that the ratio of deposit insurance reserves to insured deposits could fall below the minimum ratio that FDIA requires, which would result in the FDIC setting deposit insurance assessment rates sufficient to increase deposit insurance reserves to the required ratio. A resumption of assessments of deposit insurance premiums charged to well-capitalized institutions, such as the Company’s subsidiary bank, could have an effect on the Company’s net earnings. The Company cannot predict whether the FDIC will be required to increase deposit insurance assessments above their current levels.

Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005: The federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the "FDI Reform Act") was adopted by Congress as a part of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 and signed into law by President Bush on February 8, 2006. The FDIC Reform Act when effective will (i) merge the two deposit insurance funds, currently the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") and the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") (the new combined fund will be called the Deposit Insurance Fund or "DIF"), (ii) index the $100,000 insurance level to reflect inflation (the first adjustment for inflation is scheduled to be effective January 1, 2011 and thereafter adjustments will occur every 5 years), (iii) increase deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts to $250,000, (iv) offer credits to eligible banks that capitalized the FDIC which can be used to offset premiums otherwise due, (v) impose a cap on the level of the deposit insurance fund and provide for dividends when the fund grows beyond a specified threshold, (vi) adopt the historical basis concept for distributing the aforementioned one-time credit and dividends and (vii) authorizes revisions to the current risk-based system for assessing premiums. The merger of the two deposit insurance funds is effective 90 days after enactment. Final rules for the rest of the provisions become effective 270 days after enactment.

Securities Regulation: The common stock of the Company is registered with the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"). Accordingly, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the Act.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002: On July 30, 2002, President George W. Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("S-O Act"), which generally establishes a comprehensive framework to modernize and reform the oversight of public company auditing, improve the quality and transparency of financial reporting by those companies, and strengthen the independence of auditors. Among other things the S-O Act provides for:

i.)

The creaton of an independent, public company accounting oversight board which is empowered to set auditing, quality control and ethics standards, to inspect registered public accounting firms, to conduct investigations and to take disciplinary actions, subject to SEC oversight and review. The new board is funded with mandatory fees paid by all public companies.

ii.)

The strengthening of auditor independence from corporate management by, among other things, limiting the scope of consulting services that auditors can offer public company audit clients.
iii.) A heightened responsibility of public company directors and senior managers for the quality of the financial reporting and disclosures made by their companies. Among other things, the new legislation provides for a strong public company audit committee that will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the work performed by the public company auditors.
iv.) Provisions designed to deter wrongdoing. Chief executive officers ("CEOs") and chief financial officers ("CFOs") now have to certify that company financial statements fairly represent the company’s financial condition. If a misleading financial statement later results in a restatement, the CEO and CFO must forfeit and return to the company any bonus, stock or stock option compensation received in the twelve months following the misleading financial report. The new legislation also prohibits any company officer or director from attempting to mislead or coerce an auditor. Among other reforms, the new legislation empowers the SEC to bar certain persons from serving as officers or directors of a public company; prohibits insider trades during pension fund "blackout periods"; directs the SEC to adopt rules requiring attorneys to report securities law violations; and requires that civil penalties imposed by the SEC go into a disgorgement fund to benefit harmed investors.
v.) Requirements that audit committee members must be independent and are barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from the Company.

vi.)

A prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions, such as the Bank, on non-preferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements;

vii.)

The imposition of a broad range of new corporate disclosure requirements. Among other things, the legislation requires public companies to report all off balance sheet transactions and conflicts, as well as to present any pro forma disclosures in a way that is not misleading and in accordance with requirements established by the SEC. The legislation also accelerates the required reporting of insider transactions, which now generally must be reported by the end of the second business day following a covered transaction; requires that annual reports filed with the SEC include a statement by management asserting that they are responsible for creating and maintaining adequate internal controls and assessing the effectiveness of those controls; and requires companies to disclose whether or not they have adopted an ethics code for senior financial officers, and, if not, why not, and whether the audit committee includes at least one "financial expert", a term which has been defined by the SEC in accordance with specified requirements. The legislation also requires the SEC, based on certain enumerated factors, to regularly and systematically review corporate filings.

Other Proposals: Other legislative and regulatory proposals regarding changes in banking, and the regulation of banks and other financial institutions, are regularly considered by the executive branch of the federal government, Congress and various state governments, including Maine and state and federal regulatory authorities. It cannot be predicted what additional legislative and/or regulatory proposals, if any, will be considered in the future, whether any such proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, how any such proposals would affect the Company or the Bank.

Taxation: The Company is subject to those rules of federal income taxation generally applicable to corporations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company is also subject to state taxation under the laws of the State of Maine.

Financial Information About Industry Segments

The information required under this item is included in the Company’s financial statements, which appear in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Guide 3 Information

Information required by Industry Guide 3, relating to statistical disclosure by bank holding companies, is contained in the information incorporated by reference to Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Availability of Information – Company Website

The Company maintains a website on the Internet at www.BHBT.com. The Company makes available, free of charge, on its website its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Information contained on the Company’s website does not constitute a part of this report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In its normal course of business, the Company is subject to many risks and uncertainties inherent with providing banking and financial services. Although the Company continually seeks ways to manage these risks, and has established programs and procedures to ensure controls are in place and operating effectively, the Company ultimately cannot predict the future. Actual results may differ materially from the Company’s expectations due to certain risks and uncertainties. The following discussion sets forth the most significant risk factors that the Company believes could cause its actual future results to differ materially from expected results.

The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not all inclusive. Additional risks and uncertainties that the Company is unaware of, or that it currently deems immaterial, may also become important factors relating to the Company’s future operating results and financial condition.

The Bank’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover loan losses.

A significant source of risk for the Company arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements. Most loans originated by the Bank are secured, but some loans are unsecured based upon management’s evaluation of the creditworthiness of the borrowers. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans principally includes a wide variety of real estate, and to a lesser extent personal property, either of which may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans.

Collateral values and the financial performance of borrowers may be adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates and debt service levels, changes in oil and gas prices, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, widespread disease, terrorist activity, environmental contamination and other external events, which are beyond the control of the Bank. In addition, collateral appraisals that are out of date or that do not meet industry recognized standards might create the impression that a loan is adequately collateralized when in fact it is not. Although the Bank may acquire any real estate or other assets that secure defaulted loans through foreclosures or other similar remedies, the amounts owed under the defaulted loans may exceed the value of the assets acquired.

The Bank has adopted underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures, including the establishment and ongoing review of the allowance for loan losses and regular review of borrower financial statements and collateral appraisals, that management believes are appropriate to mitigate the risk of loss by assessing the likelihood of borrower non-performance and the value of available collateral. The Bank also manages credit risk by diversifying its loan portfolio. An ongoing independent review, subsequent to management’s review, of individual credits is performed by an independent loan review function, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. However, such policies and procedures have limitations, including judgment errors in management’s risk analysis, and may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Part II, Item 7, "Allowance for Loan Losses," for a more complete discussion of credit risk.

Interest rate volatility could significantly reduce the Company’s profitability.

The Company’s earnings largely depend on the relationship between the yield on its earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and the cost of funds, primarily deposits and borrowings. This relationship, commonly known as the net interest margin, is susceptible to significant fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors that influence the yields and rates, and the volume and mix of the Bank’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.

Interest rate risk can be defined as an exposure to movement in interest rates that could have an adverse impact on the Bank's net interest income. Interest rate risk arises from the imbalance in the re-pricing, maturity and/or cash flow characteristics of assets and liabilities. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest bearing liabilities re-price or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than its interest earning assets. Significant fluctuations in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Bank's interest rate risk measurement and management techniques incorporate the re-pricing and cash flow attributes of its balance sheet and off balance sheet instruments as they relate to current and potential changes in interest rates. The level of interest rate risk, measured in terms of the potential future effect on net interest income, is determined through the use of modeling and other techniques under multiple interest rate scenarios. Management's objectives are to measure, monitor and develop strategies in response to the interest rate risk profile inherent in the Bank's balance sheet, in order to preserve the sensitivity of net interest income to actual or potential changes in interest rates. For additional information regarding interest rate risk, refer to Part II, Item 7, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."

The Company is exposed to a variety of operational risks that could result in significant financial losses.

The Company is exposed to many types of operational risk, including reputation risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems.

Negative public opinion can result from the Company’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company’s ability to attract and keep customers and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action.

Given the volume of transactions at the Company, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process its transaction volumes may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company may also be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical telecommunication outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as is the Company) and to the risk that the Company’s (or its vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.

The Company regularly assesses the level of operational risk throughout the organization and has established systems of internal controls that provide for timely and accurate information. Testing of the operating effectiveness of these control systems is performed regularly. While not providing absolute assurance, these systems of internal controls have been designed to manage operational risks at appropriate, cost-effective levels. Procedures exist that are designed to ensure policies relating to conduct, ethics, business practices are followed. From time to time losses from operational risk may occur, including the effects of operational errors. Such losses are recorded as non-interest expense.

While the Company continually monitors and improves its system of internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate-wide risk management processes and procedures, there can be no assurances that future losses arising from operational risk will not occur and have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Bank’s loans and deposits are concentrated in certain areas of Maine and adverse economic conditions in those markets could adversely affect the Company’s operations.

The Company's success is dependent to a significant extent upon general economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, the local economies of downeast and midcoast Maine, the primary markets served by the Company. The Company’s success is also dependent on Maine's ability to attract new business, as well as factors that affect tourism, a major source of economic activity in the Company’s immediate market areas. The Company is particularly exposed to real estate and economic factors in the downeast and midcoast areas of Maine, as virtually the entire loan portfolio is concentrated among borrowers in these markets. Furthermore, because a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate in these areas, the value of the associated collateral is also subject to regional real estate market conditions. An economic downturn in the markets served by the Company, or the nation as a whole, could negatively impact household and corporate incomes. This impact could lead to decreased demand for both loan and deposit products and increase the number of borrowers who fail to pay the Bank interest or principal on their loans, and accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Company may not be able to meet its cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost, and its cost of funds for banking operations may significantly increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures.

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost. The liquidity of the Bank is used to make loans and to repay deposit and borrowing liabilities as they become due, or are demanded by customers and creditors. Many factors affect the Bank’s ability to meet liquidity needs, including variations in the markets served by its network of offices, its mix of assets and liabilities, reputation and standing in the marketplace, and general economic conditions.

The Bank’s primary source of funding is retail deposits, gathered throughout its network of eleven banking offices. Wholesale funding sources principally consist of borrowing lines from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston of which it is a member, and brokered certificates of deposit obtained from the national market. The Bank’s securities and loan portfolios provide a source of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales. The Bank could also borrow through the Federal Reserve’s discount window.

Significant changes in general economic conditions, market interest rates, competitive pressures or otherwise, could cause the Bank’s deposits to decrease relative to overall banking operations, and it would have to rely more heavily on brokered funds and borrowings in the future, which are typically more expensive than deposits.

The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through target ratios established under its Asset Liability Management Policy. Continual monitoring of these ratios, both historical and through forecasts under multiple rate scenarios, allows the Bank to employ strategies necessary to maintain adequate liquidity.

Changes in economic conditions, including consumer savings habits and availability or access to the brokered deposit market could potentially have a significant impact on the Company’s liquidity position, which in turn could materially impact its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For further information about the Company’s liquidity position, refer to Part II, Item 7, "Liquidity Risk."

The Company’s information technology systems may be vulnerable to attack or other technological failures, exposing it to significant loss.

The Company depends upon data processing software, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks including the Internet. Despite instituted safeguards, the Company cannot be certain that all of its systems are entirely free from vulnerably to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. The Company also relies on the services of a variety of third party vendors to meet its data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and the Company could be exposed to claims from customers, suffer loss of business and suffer loss of reputation in its marketplace. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Strong competition within the Company’s markets may significantly impact its profitability.

The Company competes with an ever-increasing array of financial service providers. As a bank holding company and state-chartered financial institution, respectively, the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, including, in many cases, regulations that limit the type and scope of their activities. The non-bank financial service providers that compete with the Company and the Bank may not be subject to such extensive regulation, supervision, and tax burden. Competition from nationwide banks, as well as local institutions, continues to mount in the Company’s markets.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid changes in technology. In addition to improving customer services, effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Furthermore, technological advances are likely to intensify competition by enabling more companies to provide financial resources. Accordingly, the Company’s future success will depend in part on its ability to address customer needs by using technology. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to develop new technology driven products and services, or be successful in marketing these products to its customers. Many of the Company’s competitors have far greater resources to invest in technology.

Regional, national and international competitors have far greater assets and capitalization than the Company and have greater access to capital markets and can offer a broader array of financial services than the Company.

No assurance can be given that the Company will continue to be able to compete effectively with other financial institutions in the future. Furthermore, developments increasing the nature or level of competition could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For further information on competition, refer to Part I, Item 1, "Competition" and "Supervision and Regulation."

The business of the Company and the Bank is highly regulated and impacted by monetary policy, limiting the manner in which the Company and the Bank may conduct its business and obtain financing.

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state laws and regulations. The restrictions imposed by such laws and regulations limit the manner in which the Company and the Bank conducts its business, undertakes new investments and activities, and obtains financing. These laws and regulations are designed primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance funds and consumers and not to benefit the Company’s shareholders. These laws and regulations may sometimes impose significant limitations on the Company’s operations. The more significant federal and state banking regulations that affect the Company and the Bank are described in Part I, Item 1, "Supervision and Regulation." These regulations, along with the existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.

The nature, extent, and timing of the adoption of significant new laws and regulations, or changes in or repeal of existing laws and regulations, or specific actions of regulators, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Furthermore, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects credit risk and interest rate risk conditions for the Company, and any unfavorable change in these conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Non-compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and USA Patriot Act could result in significant fines or sanctions.

The USA Patriot and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent them from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts or conduct transactions.

Non-compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and related laws and regulations could result in significant fines or sanctions. These particular laws and regulations have significant implications for all financial institutions, establish new crimes and penalties, and require the federal banking agencies, in reviewing merger and other acquisition transactions, to consider the effectiveness of the parties to such transactions in combating money-laundering and terrorist activities. Even innocent non-compliance and inconsequential failure to follow the regulations, may result in significant fines or other penalties, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Bank could be held responsible for environmental liabilities relating to properties acquired through foreclosure, resulting in significant financial loss.

In the event the Bank forecloses on a defaulted commercial or residential mortgage loan to recover its investment, it may be subject to environmental liabilities in connection with the underlying real property, which could significantly exceed the value of the real property. Although the Bank exercises due diligence to discover potential environmental liabilities prior to acquiring any property through foreclosure, hazardous substances or wastes, contaminants, pollutants, or their sources may be discovered on properties during its ownership or after a sale to a third party. There can be no assurance that the Bank would not incur full recourse liability for the entire cost of any removal and clean up on an acquired property, that the cost of removal and clean-up would not exceed the value of the property, or that it could recover any of the costs from any third property. Losses arising from environmental liabilities could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

The preparation of the Company’s financial statements requires the use of estimates that could significantly vary from actual results.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make significant estimates that effect the financial statements. The most critical estimate is the allowance for loan losses. Due to the inherent nature of estimates, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance that it will not significantly increase the allowance for loan losses and or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than the provided allowance, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. For further information on the use of estimates, refer to Part II, Item 7, "Application of Critical Accounting Policies."

Changes in accounting standards could significantly impact the Company’s reported earnings.

The accounting standard setters, including the FASB, SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how it records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

The Company’s stock price has been volatile in the past, and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future.

These factors include but are not limited to:

  • Actual or anticipated variations in earnings or financial condition.
  • Changes in analyst’s recommendations or projections.
  • The Company’s announcements of developments related to its business.
  • Operating and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers.
  • New technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors.
  • News reports of trends, concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry.

The Company’s stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to the Company’s performance. General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price of the Company’s common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The thirteen parcels of real estate owned and utilized by the Company for its operations are described below:

1. The principal office of the Bank is located at 82 Main Street, Bar Harbor, Maine, and includes a building, which houses its banking facilities and administrative offices. The building was renovated in 1998.

2. An office is located at 111 Main Street, Northeast Harbor, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1974 that underwent interior renovations in 1998 to better meet the Bank’s needs at that location.

3. An office is located at 314 Main Street, Southwest Harbor, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1975. The branch office was added to, and renovated in 1989, to better meet the Bank’s needs at that location.

4. An office is located at 25 Church Street, Deer Isle, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1974 that was added to and renovated in 1994 to better meet the Bank’s needs at that location.

5. An office is located at 21 Main Street, Blue Hill, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1960 that underwent renovations in 1989 to better meet the Bank’s needs at that location. A parcel of land adjacent to the Blue Hill branch was purchased in 1981, but has not been developed. A second improved parcel of land contiguous to this branch was purchased in 2005. The Bank is currently evaluating expansion at its Blue Hill location.

6. An office is located at 2 Bridge Street, Milbridge, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1974, to which a vestibule was added in 1994 to house an ATM that helps to better meet the needs at that location.

7. An office is located at 68 Washington Street, Lubec, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1990 and is considered adequate for the Bank’s needs at that location.

8. An office is located 137 High Street, Ellsworth, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1982. The Bank is currently evaluating expansion of the Ellsworth office.

9. An office is located at 385 Main Street, Winter Harbor, Maine. This property consists of a building constructed in 1995 and is considered adequate for the Bank’s needs at that location.

10. An office is located at 20 Main Street, Machias, Maine. This property consists of a building that was purchased from Key Bank of Maine in May 1990, and was renovated in 1995 to better meet the Bank’s needs at that location.

11. An office is located at 245 Camden Street (Route 1), Rockland, Maine. The property consists of a building that was purchased from Androscoggin Savings Bank in February 2004. The branch facility was built in 1977 and is considered adequate for the Bank’s needs at that location.

12. An Operations Center is located in Ellsworth, Maine, that houses the Company’s operations and data processing centers. The building was constructed in 1996 and is currently adequate for the Company’s needs.

13. The Bank and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trust Services, own and occupy a 22,000-square-foot office building at 135 High Street, Ellsworth, Maine. The facility was renovated in 2001.

Other real estate owned includes two out parcels (one improved) contiguous to the Bank’s 135 High Street, Ellsworth location.

The Bank’s new Somesville branch office located at 1055 Main Street, Somesville, Maine, is a leased property. The Bank and Trust Services also lease office space at One Cumberland Place in Bangor, Maine.

The Company believes that its offices are sufficient for its present operations. Additional information relating to the Company’s properties is provided in Item 8, Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to certain ordinary routine litigation incidental to the normal conduct of their respective businesses, which in the opinion of Management based upon currently available information will have no material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s security holders in the fourth quarter of 2005.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The common stock of the Company is traded on the American Stock Exchange ("AMEX") under the trading symbol BHB. Quarterly stock prices, and dividends paid during the last two years are summarized below. High and low stock prices are based on quotations provided by the American Stock Exchange.

QUARTERLY STOCK PRICES
2005 AND 2004

1 st Quarter

2 nd Quarter

3 rd Quarter

4 th Quarter

High

Low

High

Low

High

Low

High

Low

2005

$29.15

$26.70

$27.49

$26.30

$27.55

$26.40

$28.79

$25.85

2004

$27.79

$24.90

$27.00

$25.00

$27.20

$25.50

$29.20

$26.80

High and low stock prices are based on quotations provided by the American Stock Exchange. Prices of transactions between private parties may vary from the ranges quoted above.

DIVIDENDS PAID TO SHAREHOLDERS
2005 AND 2004

Dividends paid by the Company in 2005 and 2004 are summarized below:

1 st Quarter

2 nd Quarter

3 rd Quarter

4 th Quarter

Total

2005

$0.21

$0.21

$0.21

$0.21

$0.84

2004

$0.20

$0.20

$0.20

$0.20

$0.80

As of March 7, 2006, the Company had 1,042 registered shareholders of record. The Company declared and distributed dividends totaling $2.58 million or $0.84 per share during 2005, representing an earnings payout ratio of 40.2%. In the first quarter of 2006 the Company increased its quarterly dividend by 4.8% to $0.22 per common share. The dividend will be paid March 15, 2006 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 17, 2006.

The Company has a history of paying quarterly dividends on its common stock. However, the Company’s ability to pay such dividends depends on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial condition, earnings, its needs for funds and restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends under federal laws and regulations. Therefore, there can be no assurance that dividends on the Company’s common stock will be paid in the future.

Stock Repurchase Plan

As more fully enumerated under Part II Item 7 of this report on Form 10-K, in November 1999 the Company announced a stock repurchase plan, authorizing open market and privately negotiated purchases of up to 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or 344,000 shares. As of the date of termination of this plan on December 31, 2003, the Company had repurchased 339,814 shares of stock under the plan, at a total cost of $6,151 and an average price of $18.10 per share. The Company recorded repurchased shares as treasury stock.

In March 2004, the Company announced a second stock repurchase plan, authorizing open market and privately negotiated purchases of up to 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or 310,000 shares. Purchases began on March 4, 2004 and were to continue through December 31, 2005. In December 2005, the Company announced the continuance of this plan through December 31, 2006. Depending on market conditions and other factors, these purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time, or from time-to-time, without prior notice. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had repurchased 103,732 shares of stock under the plan, at an average price of $27.21 per share. The Company records repurchased shares as treasury stock.

The following table sets forth information with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of the Company or any "affiliated purchaser," as defined in Sec. 240.10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act, of shares of the Company’s common stock during the periods indicated:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Period

Total Number of Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid per Share

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs

Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs

October 1 - 31, 2005

1,150

$27.49

1,150

217,488

November 1 - 30, 2005

2,010

$27.09

2,010

215,478

December 1 - 31, 2005

9,210

$27.47

9,210

206,268

Total

12,370

$27.41

12,370

206,268

Incentive Stock Option Plan

On October 3, 2000, the shareholders of the Company approved the Bar Harbor Bankshares And Its Subsidiaries Incentive Stock Option Plan of 2000, which is described more fully in Part II, Item 8, Notes 1 and 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2005 with respect to the shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Company's Incentive Stock Option Plan.

Plan Category

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights, net of forfeits and exercised shares

Weighted Average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation [(excluding securities referenced in column (a)]

(a)

(b)

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved
     by security holders

293,289

$19.43

156,711

Equity compensation plans not approved
     by security holders

--

N/A

--

Total

293,289

$19.43

156,711

Transfer Agent Services

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company provides transfer agent services for the Company. Inquiries may be directed to: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 6201 15th Avenue, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn, NY, 11219, telephone: 1-800-937-5449, Internet address: www.amstock.com.

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The supplementary financial data presented in the following tables contain information highlighting certain significant trends in the Company’s financial condition and results of operations over an extended period of time.

The following information should be analyzed in conjunction with Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL DATA
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data):

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Balance Sheet Data

Total assets

     $747,945

     $666,811

    $583,746

    $553,818

    $487,203

Total investment securities

       183,300

       176,337

      158,387

      160,371

      133,609

Total loans

       514,866

       448,478

      383,408

      351,535

      297,970

Allowance for loan losses

         (4,647)

          (4,829)

         (5,278)

         (4,975)

         (4,169)

Total deposits

      445,731

       398,272

      339,080

      322,015

      291,833

Total borrowings

      239,696

       206,923

      186,431

      170,501

      136,059

Total shareholders' equity

        56,104

         56,042

        53,115

        53,836

        52,538

Average assets

      689,644

       646,205

      560,837

      518,939

      468,249

Average shareholders' equity

        56,132

         54,200

        53,924

        52,813

        52,279

Results Of Operations

Interest and dividend income

     $ 37,195

     $ 31,922

    $ 30,493

    $ 32,352

    $ 33,892

Interest expense

        15,336

        11,545

       11,075

       12,775

       15,751

Net interest income

        21,859

        20,377

       19,418

       19,577

       18,141

Provision for loan losses

              ---

             180

            540

         1,100

         2,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

        21,859

        20,197

       18,878

       18,477

       16,141

Non-interest income

          6,415

         6,572

         7,074

         6,322

         7,520

Non-interest expense

        19,268

       18,914

       18,853

       18,245

       18,489

Income before income taxes

          9,006

         7,855

         7,099

         6,554

        5,172

Income taxes

          2,582

         2,123

         1,892

         1,742

        1,661

Net income before cumulative effect of
      accounting change

          6,424

         5,732

        5,207

         4,812

        3,511

Less: cumulative effect of change in accounting
      for goodwill, net of tax

               ---

              ---

             ---

            247

             ---

Net income

     $  6,424

      $ 5,732

    $  5,207

    $   4,565

    $  3,511

Earnings Per Share:

Basic before cumulative effect of accounting change

     $   2.09

      $   1.85

    $    1.67

    $    1.49

    $    1.07

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill,
     net of tax

             ---

             ---

            ---

        (0.07)

            ---

Basic after cumulative effect of accounting change

     $   2.09

      $   1.85

    $   1.67

    $   1.42

    $    1.07

Diluted before cumulative effect of accounting change

     $   2.03

      $   1.79

    $   1.63

    $   1.47

    $    1.06

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill,
     net of tax

            ---

              ---             ---

        (0.07)

             ---

Diluted after cumulative effect of accounting change

     $   2.03

      $   1.79

    $   1.63

    $   1.40

    $    1.06

Return on total average assets

0.93%

0.89%

0.93%

0.88%

0.75%

Return on total average equity

11.44%

10.58%

9.66%

8.64%

6.72%

Average equity to average assets

8.14%

8.39%

9.61%

10.18%

11.16%

Dividend payout ratio

40.23%

43.25%

45.60%

53.34%

70.98%

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and selected financial and statistical information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The purpose of this discussion is to highlight significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries during the past three years, and provide supplemental information and analysis.

Certain amounts in the 2004 and prior years’ financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in 2005.

Unless otherwise noted, all dollars are expressed in thousands except per share data.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures: Certain information discussed below is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis. Specifically, included in 2005, 2004 and 2003 net interest income was $1,620, $1,653, and $1,602, respectively, of tax-exempt interest income from certain investment securities and loans.

An amount equal to the tax benefit derived from this tax exempt income has been added back to the interest income and net interest income totals discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, resulting in tax equivalent adjustments of $682, $721 and $684 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The analysis of net interest income tables included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K provide a reconciliation of tax-equivalent financial information to the Company's consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Management believes the disclosure of tax-equivalent net interest income information improves the clarity of financial analysis, and is particularly useful to investors in understanding and evaluating the changes and trends in the Company's results of operations. Other financial institutions commonly present net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis. This adjustment is considered helpful in the comparison of one financial institution's net interest income to that of another institution, as each will have a different proportion of tax-exempt interest from their earning asset portfolios. Moreover, net interest income is a component of a second financial measure commonly used by financial institutions, net interest margin, which is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets. For purposes of this measure as well, other financial institutions generally use tax-equivalent net interest income to provide a better basis of comparison from institution to institution. The Company follows these practices.

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

General Information

Bar Harbor Bankshares is a Maine corporation and a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. At December 31, 2005, the Company had consolidated assets of $748 million and was one of the larger independent community banking institutions in Maine.

The Company’s principal asset is all of the capital stock of Bar Harbor Bank & Trust (the "Bank"), a community bank incorporated in the late 19th century. With eleven branch office locations, the Company is a diversified financial services provider, offering a full range of banking services and products to individuals, businesses, governments, and not-for-profit organizations throughout downeast and midcoast Maine.

The Company attracts deposits from the general public in the markets it serves and uses such deposits and other sources of funds to originate commercial business loans, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage and home equity loans, and a variety of consumer loans. The Company also invests in mortgage-backed securities, obligations of government-sponsored enterprises, obligations of state and political subdivisions, as well as other securities. In addition to community banking, the Company provides a comprehensive array of trust and investment management services through its second tier subsidiary, Bar Harbor Trust Services ("Trust Services") a Maine chartered non-depository trust company.

Major Sources of Revenue

The principal source of the Company’s revenue is net interest income, representing the difference or spread between interest income from its earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. In addition to net interest income, non-interest income is a significant source of revenue for the Company and an important factor in its results of operations. The Company’s non-interest income is derived from financial services including trust, investment management and third-party brokerage services, as well as service charges on deposit accounts, merchant credit card transaction processing fees, gains or losses on the sale of securities, and a variety of other miscellaneous product and service fees.

Business Strategy

The Company, as a diversified financial services provider, pursues a strategy of achieving long-term sustainable growth, profitability, and shareholder value, without sacrificing its soundness. The Company works toward achieving this goal by focusing on increasing its loan and deposit market share in the coastal communities of Maine, either organically or by way of strategic acquisitions. The Company believes one of its more unique strengths is an understanding of the financial needs of coastal communities and the businesses vital to Maine’s coastal economy, namely: tourism, hospitality, retail establishments and restaurants, seasonal lodging and campgrounds, fishing, lobstering, boat building, and marine services.

The Company’s key strategic focus is vigorous financial stewardship, deploying investor capital safely yet efficiently for the highest possible returns. The Company strives to provide unmatched service to its customers, while maintaining strong asset quality and a focus toward improving operating efficiencies. In managing its earning asset portfolios, the Company seeks to utilize funding and capital resources within well defined credit, investment, interest-rate and liquidity guidelines. In managing its balance sheet the Company seeks to preserve the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates, and to enhance profitability through strategies that promise sufficient reward for understood and controlled risk. The Company is deliberate in its efforts to maintain adequate liquidity under prevailing and expected conditions, and strives to maintain a balanced and appropriate mix of loans, investment securities, core deposits, brokered deposits and borrowed funds.

Material Risks and Challenges

In its normal course of business, the Company faces many risks inherent with providing banking and financial services. Among the more significant risks managed by the Company are losses arising from loans not being repaid, commonly referred to as "credit risk," and losses of income arising from movements in interest rates, commonly referred to as "interest rate and market risk". The Company is also exposed to national and local economic conditions, downturns in the economy, or adverse changes in real estate markets, which could negatively impact its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Management has numerous policies and control processes in place that provide for the monitoring and mitigation of risks based upon and driven by a variety of assumptions and actions which, if were changed or altered, could impact the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. The foregoing matters are more fully discussed in Part I, Item 1, "Risk Factors," and throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Summary Financial Condition

The Company’s total assets increased $81 million or 12% during 2005, ending the year at $748 million. Consumer and commercial lending activities continued to drive the Company’s asset growth.

  • Loans: Total loans ended the year at $514.9 million, representing an increase of $66.4 million, or 14.8%, compared with December 31, 2004. Business lending activity was exceptional during 2005, contributing three-quarters of the year-over-year loan growth. At December 31, 2005, consumer loans and commercial loans comprised 59% and 41% of the loan portfolio, compared with 63% and 37% at December 31, 2004, respectively.
  • Allowance for Loan Losses: The Bank’s non-performing loans remained at low levels during 2005. At year-end, total non-performing loans amounted to $868 thousand or 0.17% of total loans, compared with $723 thousand or 0.16% at December 31, 2004. The Bank’s loan loss experience showed an improvement during 2005, with net charge-offs amounting to $182, or net charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.04%, compared with $629 thousand, or net charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.15% during 2004. Reflecting a sustained trend of strong credit quality and the resolution of certain legal proceedings between borrowers engaged in the Maine wild blueberry processing industry and their growers, during 2005 the Bank did not record a provision for loan losses, compared with $180 thousand in 2004.
  • Investment Securities: Total investment securities ended the year at $183.3 million, representing an increase of $7.0 million or 4.0% compared with December 31, 2004. In the fourth quarter of 2005, as market yields climbed towards 2005 highs, the Bank added $23.6 million in securities to the Company’s balance sheet. Average securities amounted to $164.0 million in 2005, representing a decline of $17.7 million or 9.8% compared with 2004. During the first nine months of 2005, a significant portion of the cash flows from the securities portfolio was redeployed to help support the funding of strong loan growth, which typically generates a higher yielding earning asset base. Throughout most of 2005, Bank management exercised restraint with respect to additional leveraging of the balance sheet with securities during a period of still historically low market yields, a flattening U.S. Treasury yield curve, and an expectation of higher yields in the near future.
  • Deposits: Total deposits ended the year at $445.7 million, representing an increase of $47.5 million or 11.9% compared with December 31, 2004. Deposit growth was principally attributed to certificates of deposit obtained in the national market, as 2005 earning asset growth outpaced retail deposit growth. Retail deposits increased $10.8 million during 2005 or 2.9%, led by increases in certificates of deposit, NOW accounts and demand deposits, amounting to 10.7%, 5.4% and 1.6%, respectively. Since short-term rates began rising in June 2004, management has exercised restraint with respect to overly aggressive deposit pricing strategies, and has sought to achieve an appropriate balance between retail deposit growth and wholesale funding levels, while protecting the Bank’s net interest margin and liquidity position.
  • Borrowings: Borrowed funds principally consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. During 2005 the Bank continued to utilize borrowed funds in leveraging its strong capital position and supporting its earning asset portfolios. At December 31, 2005 total borrowings amounted to $239.7 million, representing an increase of $32.8 million or 15.8% compared with December 31, 2004. Total average borrowings amounted to $209.8 million during 2005, representing an increase of $2.4 million or 1.2% compared with 2004. The increase in borrowings was utilized to help support 2005 earning asset growth.
  • Shareholders’ Equity: Consistent with its long-term strategy of operating a sound and profitable organization, the Company continued to exceed regulatory requirements for "well-capitalized" institutions. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s Tier I Leverage, Tier I Risk-based, and Total Risk-based Capital ratios amounted to 7.55%, 10.88% and 11.30%, respectively.

Summary Results of Operations

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $6.4 million, or fully diluted earnings per share of $2.03, compared with $5.7 million or fully diluted earnings per share of $1.79 for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing increases of 12.1% and 13.6%, respectively.

The Company’s return on average equity ("ROE") amounted to 11.44% in 2005, compared with 10.58% in 2004.

The Company’s return on average assets ("ROA") amounted to 0.93% in 2005, compared with 0.89% in 2004.

  • Net Interest Income: Net interest income continued to be the principal component of the Company’s income stream. Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, amounted to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, representing an increase of $1.4 million or 6.8% compared with 2004. The increase in net interest income was principally attributed to earning asset growth of $44.8 million or 7.3%, and was aided by a relatively unchanged net interest margin, which in 2005 amounted to 3.43%, compared with 3.45% in 2004.
  • Non-interest Income: Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $6.4 million, representing a decline of $157 thousand or 2.4% compared with 2004. The decline in non-interest income was principally attributed to a $404 thousand decline in income on interest rate swap agreements, offset in part by increases in other revenues. During the third quarter of 2004 the Bank designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges and, prospectively from the time of this designation, current period net cash flows representing amounts received from or paid to counter-parties are recorded as interest income. Non-interest income was favorably impacted by 2005 revenue increases generated from net gains on the sale of investment securities, Bank credit card programs, and trust and other financial service fees, amounting to 16.7%, 11.2% and 3.3%, respectively.
  • Non-interest Expense: Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $19.3 million, representing an increase of $354 thousand or 1.9% compared with 2004. The increase in 2005 non-interest expense was principally attributed to a $460 thousand or 4.9% increase in salaries and employee benefits, reflecting overall increases in the level of employee compensation including incentive compensation, as well as the impact and timing of certain staffing changes during 2005 and 2004. Bank credit card program expenses increased $148 thousand or 11.9% during 2005, but were offset by a $189 thousand increase in revenue from these programs. All other categories of non-interest expense posted year-over-year declines during 2005.
  • Income Tax Expense: The effective income tax rate for 2005 was 28.7%, compared with 27.0% in 2004. The higher effective tax rate in 2005 was principally attributed to lower levels of non-taxable income generated from the Bank’s securities and loan portfolios.

Other 2005 Financial Highlights

  • Trust and Investment Management Services: Assets under management at Bar Harbor Trust Services ended the year at $220.5 million, representing an increase of $24.5 million, or 12.5%, compared with December 31, 2004.
  • Cash Dividends: In the first quarter of 2005 the Company increased its quarterly cash dividend by 5.0%, to 21 cents per share. In the first quarter of 2006 the dividend was increased by 4.8%, to 22 cents per share. During 2005 the dividend payout ratio amounted to 40.2% compared with 43.3% in 2004.
  • Stock Repurchase Plan: In the first quarter of 2004, the Company announced its second stock repurchase plan under which the Company may purchase up to 10% of its outstanding shares of common stock. In December 2005, the Company announced the continuance of this plan through December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had repurchased 103,732 shares of stock under the plan, at an average price of $27.21 per share.
  • Tangible Book Value : At December 31, 2005, the Company’s tangible book value per share amounted to $17.30 compared with $17.17 at December 31, 2004.
  • New Branch Office : In October 2005, the Bank announced that it would open its twelfth branch office in the community of Somesville, further strengthening the Bank’s dominant presence on Mount Desert Island. The new branch is scheduled to open in the first quarter of 2006.

 

Outlook

The challenges facing the Company entering 2006 were similar to those identified in the prior year, namely: loan and deposit growth, credit quality, interest rate risk, and risk management processes. In addition to these challenges, the Company must grow revenues and control expenses while managing a heavy regulatory burden. These are challenges the Company has met for many years while serving the citizens and businesses in the markets it serves, and the Company anticipates similar results over the next twelve months.

The banking world was subject to much volatility and uncertainty in 2005. Short-term interest rates increased during 2005 with the Fed tightening eight times or 200 basis points, following five increases or 125 basis points during 2004. However, the 10 year U.S. Treasury increased only 17 basis points during 2005 and has declined 50 basis points since the Fed began increasing short-term interest rates in June 2004, causing a dramatic 375 basis point flattening of the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the end of 2005. Heading into 2006, growth in net interest income will depend on many factors including: how quickly, and by how much, the Federal Reserve will continue to increase short-term interest rates and the effect on the rest of the yield curve; whether the economy will continue on the road to recovery and at what pace; and the impact of an inverted yield curve on the Company’s net interest margin. The current and projected shape of the yield curve will be key factors driving the Company’s net interest income in 2006, and continued earning asset growth will likely be necessary in generating meaningful increases. Though these developments have not had a materially adverse effect on the Company to date, the Company continues to monitor them closely and believes it is adequately positioned for a variety of future interest rate scenarios.

Reflecting trends in the national and regional economies, the Company’s market area generally witnessed mild economic growth during 2005. Heading into 2006, the economies and real estate markets in the Company’s primary market areas will continue to be significant determinants of the quality of the Company’s assets in future periods and, thus, its results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition. The Company believes future economic activity will in part depend on stronger employment, consumer confidence, personal consumption expenditures, business expenditures for new capital equipment, and a variety of geo-political considerations.

Other factors, which could affect the Company’s financial performance and that of its common stock, are more fully enumerated in the "Forward-Looking Statements" discussion at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s discussion of certain "Risk Factors" set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Report.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of such financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the allowance for loan losses, on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis in making judgments about the carrying values of assets that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the amount derived from management’s estimates and assumptions under different assumptions or conditions.

The Company’s significant accounting policies are more fully enumerated in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The reader of the financial statements should review these policies to gain a greater understanding of how the Company’s financial performance is reported. Management believes the following critical accounting policies represent the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements:

Allowance for Loan Losses: Management believes the allowance for loan losses ("allowance") is a significant accounting estimate used in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance, which is established through a provision for loan loss expense, is based on management’s evaluation of the level of allowance required in relation to the estimated inherent risk of loss in the loan portfolio. Management regularly evaluates the allowance for loan losses for adequacy by taking into consideration factors such as previous loss experience, the size and composition of the portfolio, current economic and real estate market conditions and the performance of individual loans in relation to contract terms and estimated fair values of collateral. The use of different estimates or assumptions could produce different provisions for loan losses. A smaller provision for loan losses results in higher net income, and when a greater amount of provision for loan losses is necessary, the result is lower net income. Refer to Part II, Item 7, Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further discussion and analysis concerning the allowance.

Income Taxes: The Company estimates its income taxes for each period for which a statement of income is presented. This involves estimating the Company’s actual current tax liability, as well as assessing temporary differences resulting from differing timing of recognition of expenses, income and tax credits, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be recovered from historical taxes paid and future taxable income and, to the extent that the recovery is not likely, a valuation allowance must be established. Significant management judgment is required in determining income tax expense, and deferred tax assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, there was no valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, which are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: The valuation technique used by the Company to determine the carrying value of tangible and intangible assets acquired in acquisitions and the estimated lives of identifiable intangible assets involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based upon changes in economic conditions and other factors.  Any changes in the estimates used by the Company to determine the carrying value of its goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or which otherwise adversely affect their value or estimated lives, would adversely affect the Company's results of operations. Refer to Notes 1 and 8 of the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details of the Company’s accounting policies and estimates covering goodwill and other intangible assets.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Asset / Liability Management

In managing its asset portfolios, the Bank utilizes funding and capital resources within well-defined credit, investment, interest rate, and liquidity risk guidelines. Loans and investment securities are the Bank’s primary earning assets with additional capacity invested in money market instruments. Average earning assets represented 95.2% and 94.7% of total average assets during 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company, through its management of liabilities, attempts to provide stable and flexible sources of funding within established liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines. This is accomplished through core deposit products offered within the markets served, as well as through the prudent use of borrowed and brokered funds.

The Company’s objectives in managing its balance sheet are to preserve the sensitivity of net interest income to actual or potential changes in interest rates, and to enhance profitability through strategies that promise sufficient reward for understood and controlled risk. The Company is deliberate in its efforts to maintain adequate liquidity, under prevailing and forecasted economic conditions, and to maintain an efficient and appropriate mix of core deposits, brokered deposits, and borrowed funds.

Earning Assets

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s total average earning assets amounted to $656,817, compared with $612,031 in 2004, representing an increase of $44,786, or 7.3%. The 2005 increase in average earning assets was attributed to average loan growth of $63,018 or 15.1%, offset in part by a decline in average investment securities amounting to $17,751, or 9.8%.

The tax-equivalent yield on total average earning assets amounted to 5.77% in 2005 compared with 5.33% in 2004, representing an increase of 44 basis points. The increase in earning asset yields was principally attributed to increases in short-term interest rates during the year, which favorably impacted the yields on the Bank’s large floating rate loan base. In addition, cash flows from the securities and loan portfolios were generally re-invested into higher yielding earning assets throughout 2005.

Total tax-equivalent interest and dividend income during 2005 amounted to $37,877 compared with $32,643 in 2004, representing an increase of $5,234, or 16.0%. The 2005 increase in interest and dividend income was principally attributed to earning asset growth, combined with higher earning asset yields.

Total Assets

The Company’s assets principally consist of loans and investment securities, which at December 31, 2005 represented 68.9% and 24.5% of total assets, respectively.

At December 31, 2005 the Company’s total assets stood at $747,945, representing an increase of $81,134, or 12.2%, compared with December 31, 2004. The increase in total assets was principally attributed to loan growth of $66,388 or 14.8%, followed by an increase in investment securities amounting to $6,963, or 4.0%.

Investment Securities

The investment securities portfolio represented 25.0% of the Company’s average earning assets during 2005 and generated 20.4% of total tax-equivalent interest and dividend income, compared with 29.7% and 25.1% in 2004, respectively.

The investment securities portfolio is primarily comprised of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government agencies, U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, and other corporate issuers. The portfolio also includes tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions, and obligations of other U.S. government-sponsored enterprises.

The overall objectives of the Bank’s strategy for the investment securities portfolio include maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity, diversifying earning assets, managing interest rate risk, leveraging the Bank’s strong capital position, and generating acceptable levels of net interest income. The investment securities portfolio is managed under the policy guidelines established by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Total Investment Securities:  At December 31, 2005, total investment securities stood at $183,300 compared with $176,337 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $6,963, or 4.0%.

The 2005 average investment securities balance amounted to $164,027, compared with $181,778 in 2004, representing a decline of $17,751, or 9.8%.

As noted above, on a year-over-year basis average investment securities declined while period end balances increased. During the first nine months of 2005, management chose not to reinvest a portion of the cash flows from the securities portfolio. These actions were taken in light of strong loan growth, a flattening U.S. Treasury yield curve, still historically low market yields, and management’s anticipation of higher yields in the near future. In the fourth quarter of 2005, as market yields climbed towards 2005 highs, the Bank added $23,613 in securities to the balance sheet. This action was taken as market yields climbed towards 2005 highs, presenting opportunities for the Bank to increase its earning assets and leverage its strong capital position. In the fourth quarter of 2005 the yield on the 5-year U.S. Treasury note peaked at a three year high, while the 10-year U.S. Treasury note peaked at a fifteen month high.

In light of the historically low interest rate environment over the past few years and the relatively high degree of interest rate volatility, the Bank’s investment strategy has been principally focused on maintaining the majority of the securities portfolio with a relatively short average duration, thereby limiting some of the exposures associated with sustained increases in interest rates. This was accomplished through investments in securities with predictable cash flows and relatively short average maturities. The Bank’s strategy has been to position the majority of the securities portfolio defensively with a steady stream of future cash flows. While this strategy sacrifices some yield in the near-term, the Bank’s objectives were to maintain a reasonable level of net interest income, manage longer-term interest rate and market risks, provide ongoing sources of liquidity, and position the portfolio for a variety of future interest rate scenarios.

Trading Securities: Trading securities are securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term with the objective of generating profits on short-term differences in price. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Bank did not own any trading securities.

Securities Held to Maturity: Securities held to maturity are debt securities for which the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity. Held to maturity investments are reported at their aggregate cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Bank did not own any securities held to maturity.

As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities", during 2004 the Bank transferred into the available-for-sale securities portfolio all of its held-to-maturity investment securities. Securities transferred consisted of longer term, tax-exempt securities representing obligations of state and political subdivisions. The held-to-maturity securities were transferred to available-for sale at their fair value of $36,100, with an unrealized gain on these securities, net of taxes, amounting to $1,191 recorded in other comprehensive income. Management does not intend to utilize the held-to-maturity classification in the foreseeable future.

Securities Available for Sale : Securities available for sale represented 100% of total investment securities at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

The designation of securities available for sale is made at the time of purchase, based upon management’s intent to hold the securities for an indefinite time; however, these securities would be available for sale in response to changes in market interest rates, related changes in the securities’ prepayment risk, needs for liquidity, or changes in the availability of and yield on alternative investments.

The securities available for sale portfolio is managed on a total return basis with the objective of exceeding the return that would be experienced if investing solely in U.S. Treasury instruments. The securities available for sale portfolio is used for liquidity purposes while simultaneously producing earnings.

Investment securities classified as available for sale are reported at their fair value with unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, excluded from earnings but shown separately as a component of shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined using the specific-identification method and are shown separately in the statement of income.

The balances of securities available for sale are stated on the consolidated balance sheet net of fair value adjustments, reflecting net unrealized losses of $1,856 at December 31, 2005 and net unrealized gains of $1,941 at December 31, 2004. The change in net unrealized gains and losses was principally attributed to higher prevailing market yields at December 31, 2005 compared with the same date in 2004. For example, the yields on 2, 3 and 5-year U.S. Treasury notes were 129, 111, and 70 basis points higher, respectively, at December 31, 2005 compared with the same date in 2004. The unrealized loss position at December 31, 2005 also reflects the fact that a portion of the securities were purchased during periods of historically low interest rates and market yields, but does not give consideration to matched funding sources (e.g., borrowings) acquired during those same periods of historically low interest rates which are not adjusted to current market value.

The following table summarizes the securities available for sale portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

December 31, 2005

Available for Sale:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

    $ 23,720

    $     12

    $   235

    $ 23,497

Mortgage-backed securities:

     Obligations of U. S. Government agencies

       11,134

         127

           48

       11,213

     Obligations of Government-sponsored enterprises

       90,872

           65

      2,190

       88,747

     Other

       22,362

             4

         424

       21,942

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

       37,068

      1,016

         183

       37,901

   $185,156

    $1,224

    $3,080

   $183,300

 

December 31, 2004

Available- for Sale:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

Obligations to U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

    $   6,395

    $       2

       $ 49

   $    6,348

Mortgage-backed securities:

     U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises

      116,097

         651

        258

     116,490

     Other

        16,608

           41

        245

       16,404

Obligations of states of the U.S. and political
     subdivisions thereof

        34,296

      1,806

            2

       36,100

Other bonds

          1,000

           ---

            5

            995

Total securities available for sale

    $174,396

    $2,500

      $559

   $176,337

Purchase Premiums and Discounts: Securities are typically purchased at premium or discounted price, depending on the coupon of the security and prevailing interest rates. The Company recognizes the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts in interest income using the interest method over the estimated life of the security. Purchase premiums are amortized to the earliest call date, while purchase discounts are accreted to maturity. Premiums paid on mortgage-backed securities are amortized proportionate to the three-month trailing average Constant Payment Rate (CPR) of each securitized pool of mortgages.

Securities Credit Risk: The Bank evaluates and monitors the credit risk of its investment securities utilizing a variety of resources including external credit rating agencies, predominantly Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s. At December 31, 2005, 97.6% of the securities portfolio was rated "AAA" by Moody’s and or Standard and Poor’s. The Bank held no investment securities having a credit rating below "A1" as of December 31, 2005.

Securities Interest Income: The total aggregate tax-equivalent yield on the securities portfolio amounted to 4.72% in 2005, compared with 4.51% in 2004, representing an increase of 21 basis points. The increase was principally attributed to the availability of higher market yields in 2005 compared with prior years. Securities incrementally added to the securities portfolio during 2005 generally carried higher yields and moderately longer durations. In addition cash flows from the securities portfolio were generally reinvested into securities with higher market yields.

Total tax-equivalent interest income from the securities amounted to $7,746 in 2005, compared with $8,197 in 2004, representing a decline of $451 or 5.5%. The decline in interest income from securities was attributed to the $17,751 or 9.8% decline in average securities during 2005 compared with 2004.

Securities Maturity Distribution: The following table summarizes the maturity distribution of the amortized cost of the Bank’s investment securities and weighted average yields of such securities on a fully tax-equivalent basis as of December 31, 2005, based upon the final maturity date of the securities. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or pre-pay certain securities. In the case of mortgage-backed securities, actual maturities may also differ from expected maturities due to the amortizing nature of the underlying mortgage collateral, and the fact that borrowers in most cases have the right to prepay.

MATURITY SCHEDULE FOR INVESTMENT SECURITIES
DECEMBER 31, 2005
(at fair value)

One Year
Or Less

Greater than
One Year to
Five years

Greater than
Five Years to Ten years

Greater
Than Ten
Years

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

$499

     $ 9,489

    $11,828

     $  1,681

Weighted average yield

4.60%

        4.68%

5.30%

5.37%

Mortgage-backed Securities:

     Obligations of U.S. Government agencies

$ ---

    $      120

    $     841

     $ 10,252

     Weighted average yield

0.00%

        7.10%

5.19%

  5.93%

     Obligations of Government-sponsored enterprises

$ 19

    $   1,423

     $34,684

     $ 52,621

     Weighted average yield

7.13%

        4.25%

3.92%

  4.82%

     Other mortgage-backed securities

$ ---

    $        82

     $      ---

     $ 21,858

     Weighted average yield

0.00%

        4.72%

0.00%

  4.53%

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

$ 60

     $       ---

     $    775

     $ 37,067

Weighted average yield

5.29%

        0.00%

5.96%

  6.51%

Total

$578

     $11,114

     $48,128

     $123,480

 

MATURITY SCHEDULE FOR INVESTMENT SECURITIES
DECEMBER 31, 2004
(at fair value)

One Year
Or Less

Greater than
One Year to
Five years

Greater than
Five Years to Ten years

Greater
Than Ten
Years

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

$ ---

       $1,985

    $ 3,858

    $     506

Weighted average yield

0.00%

        3.26%

3.37%

2.76%

Mortgage-backed securities:

     U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises

      2

         1,572

      46,881

       68,035

     Weighted average yield

5.45%

        4.65%

3.79%

4.54%

     Other mortgage-backed securities

---

              ---

             ---

       16,404

     Weighted average yield

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

4.40%

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

---

            121

          358

       35,621

Weighted average yield

0.00%

5.24%

5.24%

6.95%

Other debt securities

---

               ---

            ---

            995

Weighted average yield

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

4.55%

Total

$    2

       $3,678

    $51,097

    $121,561

Securities Concentrations: At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Bank did not hold any securities for a single issuer, other than U. S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises, where the aggregate book value of the securities exceed 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity. Management believes U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises have minimal credit risk, as they play a vital role in the nation’s financial markets. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, all securities issued by Government agencies and sponsored enterprises were credit rated "AAA" by Mood’s and Standard and Poor’s.

Impaired Securities: The securities portfolio contains certain investments where amortized cost exceeds fair market value, which at December 31, 2005 amounted to $3,080, compared with $559 at December 31, 2004.

Unrealized losses that are considered other-than-temporary are recorded as a loss on the Company’s consolidated statement of income. In evaluating whether impairment is other-than-temporary, management considers a variety of factors including the nature of the investment security, the cause of the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold the security to maturity. Other data considered by management includes, for example, sector credit ratings, volatility of the security’s market price, and any other information considered relevant in determining whether other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, management determined there were no unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio that were other-than-temporary.

The following table summarizes temporarily impaired investment securities and their approximate fair values at December 31, 2005. All securities referenced are debt securities. At December 31, 2005, the Bank did not hold any common stock or equity securities in its investment securities portfolio.

TEMPORARILY IMPAIRED INVESTMENT SECURITIES
DECEMBER 31, 2005

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Description of Securities:

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored
      enterprises

$ 13,287

         24

   $   132

$ 4,203

        24

    $   103

$ 17,490

         48

   $  235

Mortgage-backed securities:

     Obligations of U.S. Government agencies

     3,413

         12

          26

1,699

          8

           22

5,112

         20

         48

     Obligations of Government-sponsored
          enterprises

   66,558

       126

     1,493

20,472

        40

         697

87,030

       166

     2,190

     Other

   16,673

         30

        253

4,813

        11

         171

21,486

         41

        424

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     8,339

         32

        176

343

          1

             7

8,682

         33

        183

Total temporarily impaired securities

$108,270

       224

   $2,080

$31,530

        84

    $1,000

$139,800

       308

   $3,080

At December 31, 2005, the total unrealized losses on temporarily impaired securities amounted to $3,080, representing 2.2% of their amortized. At December 31, 2005, no individual security had an unrealized loss greater than 5.0% of its amortized cost.

As of December 31, 2005, unrealized losses on securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position more than twelve-months amounted to $1,000, or 3.2% of their amortized cost at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005, there were a total of 84 investment securities in an unrealized loss position more than twelve months.

For securities with unrealized losses, the following information was considered in determining that the impairments are not other-than-temporary. U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and therefore bear no credit risk. U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises have minimal credit risk, as they play a vital role in the nation’s financial markets. Other bonds and notes are generally comprised of corporate mortgage-backed securities and all investments maintain a credit rating of at least "A1" by one of the nationally recognized rating agencies. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are either issued by federal government agencies and sponsored enterprises, or by private issuers, all with security ratings of AAA.

Management believes the unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2005 were attributed to interest rate increases, and reflected the volatile movements in the U.S. Treasury curve over the past few years. Specifically, certain debt securities were purchased in an interest rate environment lower than where the U.S. Treasury yield curve stood on December 31, 2005. Because the decline in market value was attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank has the ability and intent to hold these investment securities until a recovery of their amortized cost, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider these investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.

Management believes the extent of unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities will diminish over time as principal payments and pre-payments are received and durations continue to shorten. In the case of debt securities, management believes unrealized losses will diminish over time as maturity dates continue to shorten. Management also believes that any declines in the U.S. Treasury yield curve will further diminish the extent of unrealized losses in the securities portfolio, as market values typically increase in a declining interest rate environment. Conversely, management believes that upward movements in the U.S. Treasury yield curve will increase the extent of unrealized losses in the securities portfolio over the near term.

Loans

The loan portfolio is primarily secured by real estate in the counties of Hancock, Washington and Knox, Maine. The following table summarizes the components of the Bank’s loan portfolio, net of loan origination fees and costs, as of December 31 over the past five years.

SUMMARY OF LOAN PORTFOLIO AT DECEMBER 31

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Real estate loans:

      Construction and development

      $ 27,630

    $ 21,339

      $ 12,639

    $ 16,270

     $ 20,348

      Mortgage

       411,059

     362,702

       322,579

     287,990

      229,634

Loans to finance agricultural
     production and other loans to farmers

         18,962

       15,077

         11,719

       11,053

          7,149

Commercial and industrial loans

         41,291

      35,574

         19,167

       20,010

        22,158

Loans to individuals for household,
      family and other personal expenditures

         10,653

      11,156

         11,775

       12,818

        13,918

All other loans

           4,459

        2,153

          4,554

         2,684

          3,699

Real estate loans under foreclosure

              812

           477

             975

            710

          1,064

TOTAL LOANS

     $514,866

  $448,478

     $383,408

   $351,535

    $297,970

      Less: Allowance for loan losses

           4,647

        4,829

           5,278

         4,975

          4,169

NET LOANS

     $510,219

  $443,649

     $378,130

   $346,560

     $293,801

Total Loans: At December 31, 2005, total loans amounted to $514,866, compared with $448,478 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $66,388, or 14.8%. Commercial loans contributed 74.7% to 2005 loan growth, consumer loans contributed 24.1%, followed by an increase of 1.2% in tax-exempt loans to municipalities. In general, loan origination activity has benefited from a still-favorable market interest rate environment, a relatively stable local economy, and initiatives designed to expand the Bank’s product offerings and attract new customers while continuing to leverage its existing customer base.

At December 31, 2005, consumer loans comprised 58.1% of the total loan portfolio while commercial loans comprised 41.4%, compared with 63.1% and 36.5% at December 31, 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2005, total consumer loans, including consumer real estate loans, amounted to $298,930, representing an increase of $15,944 or 5.6%, compared with December 31, 2004. Consumer real estate loans, which consist of residential mortgages and home equity loans, led 2005 consumer loan growth, posting an increase of $16,774 or 6.2% compared with December 31, 2004. Following record refinancing activity over the past few years and a moderate increase in long-term interest rates, consumer real estate loan originations continued to slow during 2005, but portfolio growth continued as new purchase transactions accounted for an increasing proportion of loan originations.

At December 31, 2005, total commercial loans amounted to $213,204, representing an increase of $49,612 or 30.3% compared with December 31, 2004. The 2005 growth in commercial loans represented an all time high. Bank management attributed this growth, in part, to a mature commercial lending team, a variety of new business development initiatives, and a relatively stable local economy.

At December 31, 2005, consumer and commercial real estate loans comprised 85.2% of the loan portfolio, essentially unchanged compared with 85.6% at December 31, 2004. The continued strength in the local real estate markets, both residential and commercial, has led to historically high property values in the Bank’s market area. Recognizing the impact this trend may have on the loan portfolio and origination pipeline, the Bank periodically reviews its underwriting standards in an effort to ensure that the quality of the loan portfolio is not jeopardized by excessive loan to value ratios or debt service levels. To date, there has been no significant deterioration in the performance or risk characteristics of the real estate loan portfolio through the reporting period.

Construction and Development Loans: Construction and development loans are both consumer and commercial in nature and represented 5.4% of total loans at December 31, 2005, compared with 4.8% at December 31, 2004.

Total construction and development loans amounted to $27,630 at December 31, 2005, compared with $21,339 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $6,291, or 29.5%. Construction and development loans generally migrate from construction status to completed projects with permanent financing arrangements within one year.

Mortgage Loans : Mortgage loans, which include consumer real estate, home equity and commercial loans, accounted for 79.8% of total loans at December 31, 2005, compared with 81.0% at December 31, 2004.

At December 31, 2005, total mortgage loans amounted to $411,059, compared with $362,702 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $48,357, or 13.3%. Commercial real estate loans accounted for approximately two-thirds of this growth, with the balance attributed to consumer real estate and home equity loans.

Loans to Finance Agricultural Production and Other Loans to Farmers: Agricultural loans amounted to $18,962 at December 31, 2005 compared with $15,077 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $3,885 or 25.8%. This category of loans represented 3.7% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared with 3.4% at December 31, 2004. The communities served by the Bank generally offer limited opportunities for lending in this industry sector.

Commercial and Industrial Loans: Commercial and industrial loans represented 8.0% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared with 7.9% at December 31, 2004. The Bank’s market area demographics have historically limited the growth potential in this particular category of loans; however, over the past two years the Bank realized some sporadic opportunities for commercial and industrial lending. At December 31, 2005, commercial and industrial loans totaled $41,291, compared with $35,574 at the December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $5,717, or 16.1%.

Loans to Individuals for Household, Family and Other Personal Expenditures: Personal consumer loans, including credit card loans and student loans, totaled $10,653 at December 31, 2005 compared with $11,156 at December 31, 2004, representing a decline of $503, or 4.5%. This category of loans represented 2.1% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared with 2.5% at December 31, 2004.

Given strong competition from the financing affiliates of consumer durable goods manufacturers, among other considerations, the Bank has not campaigned aggressively for consumer installment loans over the past few years.

The Bank continues to be one of relatively few community banks with its own credit card loan portfolio, as large credit card processing companies continue to acquire credit card portfolios and associated sources of non-interest income from smaller financial institutions.

All Other Loans: All other loans represented 0.9% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, compared with 0.5% at December 31, 2004. The balance of all other loans at December 31, 2005 totaled $4,459 compared with $2,153 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $2,306, or 107.1%.

This category of loans principally includes loans to government municipalities and, to a lesser extent, not-for-profit organizations. Government municipality loans typically have short maturities and low interest rate risk characteristics. Government municipality loans are typically originated through a bid process among local financial institutions and are aggressively priced, thus generating narrow net interest income margins.

Real Estate Loans Under Foreclosure: At December 31, 2005, real estate loans under foreclosure totaled $812 compared with $477 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $335, or 70.2%. At December 31, 2005, real estate loans under foreclosure were represented by four consumer mortgage loans totaling $280 and four commercial mortgage loans totaling $532. At December 31, 2004, real estate loans under foreclosure were represented by six consumer mortgage loans amounting to $420 and one commercial mortgage loan totaling $57. During 2005, foreclosure proceedings were completed on five of these loans totaling $250, and any resulting charge-offs were recognized.

Loan Concentrations: Loan concentrations continued to reflect the Bank’s business region. At December 31, 2005, approximately $29,857 or 5.8% of the loan portfolio was represented by loans to the lodging industry, compared with $30,535 or $6.8% at December 31, 2004.

Other Real Estate Owned: When the Bank takes ownership of collateral property upon foreclosure of a real estate secured loan, the property is transferred from the loan portfolio to Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO") at its fair value. If the loan balance is higher than the fair value of the property, the difference is charged to the allowance for loan losses at the time of the transfer. OREO is classified on the consolidated balance sheet with other assets. At December 31, 2005 there was no OREO, unchanged compared with December 31, 2004.

Mortgage Loan Servicing : The Bank from time to time will sell mortgage loans to other institutions, and investors. The sale of loans allows the Bank to make more funds available to customers in its servicing area, while the retention of servicing rights provides an additional source of income. At December 31, 2005, the unpaid balance of mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $7,907 compared with $9,935 at December 31, 2004, representing a decline of $2,028, or 20.4%. The decline in 2005 balances was attributed to serviced mortgage loan principal payments, as well as prepayments resulting from loan refinancing activity.

Pursuant to the Bank’s asset and liability management strategy, its need for interest earning assets, and its strong capital position, loans originated during 2005 were held in the Bank’s loan portfolio.

Loan Maturities and Re-pricing Distribution: The following table summarizes fixed rate loans reported by remaining maturity, and floating rate loans by next re-pricing date, as of December 31, 2005, and 2004. Actual maturity dates may differ from contractual maturity dates due to prepayments or loan re-financings.

Maturities

12/31/05

12/31/04

Three months or less

        $189,656

          $168,680

Over three months through 12 months

            29,496

              40,409

Over 12 months through three years

            40,813

              26,841

Over three years though five years

            64,739

              46,977

Over five years through 15 years

          110,163

             98,614

Over 15 years

            79,999

             66,957

Total

        $514,866

         $448,478

Loan Portfolio Composition: The following table summarizes the fixed and variable rate composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

2005

2004

Commercial loans:

     Real Estate- variable rate

      $128,022

       $ 97,983

     Real Estate- fixed rate

            7,247

            6,463

     Installment - variable rate           12,465           10,337
     Installment - fixed rate             8,177             7,491
     Lines of credit-variable rate           28,587           29,898

     Other - variable and fixed rate

          28,275

          11,318

     Deferred origination costs, net                431                102

           Total commercial loans

        213,204

        163,592

Tax exempt:

     Variable rate

       $        ---

       $        ---

     Fixed rate

            2,732

            1,950

           Total tax exempt loans

            2,732

            1,950

Consumer:

     Real Estate- variable rate

       $  82,402

       $  64,613

     Real Estate- fixed rate

         154,310

         157,497

     Home equity - variable rate

           42,786

           45,192

     Home equity - fixed rate              6,435              1,997

     Installment - variable rate

                  94

                 103

     Installment - fixed rate               4,071              3,858

     Other - variable and fixed rate

             8,400

             9,573

     Deferred origination costs, net                 432                 103

          Total consumer loans

         298,930

         282,936

Total loans

       $514,866

        $448,478

Allowance for loan losses

            (4,647)

            (4,829)

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

       $510,219

       $443,649

Allowance For Loan Losses

Credit Risk: Credit risk is managed through loan officer authorities, loan policies, the Bank's Senior Loan Officers’ Committee, oversight from the Bank's Senior Credit Officer, the Directors’ Loan Committee, and the Bank's Board of Directors. Management follows a policy of continually identifying, analyzing and grading credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio. An ongoing independent review, subsequent to management's review, of individual credits is performed by an independent loan review function, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Management recognizes that early and accurate recognition of risk is the best means to reduce credit losses and maximize earnings. The Bank employs a comprehensive risk management structure to identify and manage the risk of loss. For consumer loans, the Bank identifies loan delinquency beginning at 10-day delinquency and provides appropriate follow-up by written correspondence or personal contact. Non-residential mortgage consumer losses are recognized no later than the point at which a loan is 120 days past due. Residential mortgage losses are recognized during the foreclosure process, or sooner, when that loss is quantifiable and reasonably assured. For commercial loans the Bank applies a risk grading system, which stratifies the portfolio and allows management to focus appropriate efforts on the highest risk components of the portfolio. The risk grades include ratings that correlate with regulatory definitions of Pass, Other Assets Especially Mentioned, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss.

As a result of management’s ongoing review of the loan portfolio, loans are placed on non-accrual status, either due to the delinquent status of principal and/or interest, or a judgment by management that, although payments of principal and/or interest are current, such action is prudent because collection in full of all outstanding principal and interest is in doubt. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal and/or interest is 90 days overdue, or sooner if judged appropriate by management. Consumer loans are generally charged-off when principal and/or interest payments are 120 days overdue, or sooner if judged appropriate by management.

Non-performing Loans: Non-performing loans include loans on non-accrual status, loans that have been treated as troubled debt restructurings, and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest. There were no troubled debt restructurings in the loan portfolio during 2004 and this continued to be the case during 2005.

The following table sets forth the details of non-performing loans over the last five years.

TOTAL NON-PERFORMING LOANS
AT DECEMBER 31

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

Real estate loans:

Construction and development

       $ ---

    $  ---

   $   114

   $      4

    $    ---

Mortgage

        267

      453

     1,113

        905

     1,683

Loans to finance agricultural production and

other loans to farmers

         ---

       13

          22

          45

          45

Commercial and industrial loans

        593

       80

            9

          10

        429

Loans to individuals for household,

family and other personal expenditures

           5

       26

          37

          22

          34

Total non-accrual loans

       865

     572

     1,295

        986

      2,191

Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more

           3

     151

        199

        188

         151

Total non-performing loans

     $868

   $723

   $1,494

   $1,174

    $2,342

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

    535%

668%

353%

424%

178%

Non-performing loans to total loans

   0.17%

0.16%

0.39%

0.33%

0.79%

During the year ended December 31, 2005, non-performing loans remained at relatively low levels. The Bank attributes this, in part, to mature credit administration processes and underwriting standards, aided by a relatively stable local economy. The Bank maintains a centralized loan collection and managed asset department, providing timely and effective collection efforts for problem loans.

At December 31, 2005, total non-performing loans amounted to $868 compared with $723 as of December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $145. At December 31, 2005, non-performing loans represented 0.17% of total loans compared with 0.16% at December 31, 2004.

While the non-performing loan ratios continued to reflect the favorable quality of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005, Bank management is cognizant of relatively soft economic conditions overall, and believes it is managing credit risk accordingly. Future levels of non-performing loans may be influenced by economic conditions, including the impact of those conditions on the Bank's customers, including higher interest rates and debt service levels, oil and gas prices, and other factors existing at the time. Management believes the economic activity and conditions in the local real estate markets will continue to be significant determinants of the quality of the loan portfolio in future periods and, thus, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Potential Problem Loans: In addition to the non-performing loans discussed above, the Bank also has loans that are 30 to 89 days delinquent. These loans amounted to $2,302 and $1,649 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, or 0.45% and 0.37% of total loans, respectively. These loans and delinquency trends are considered in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses and the related determination of the provision for loan losses.

Allowance For Loan Losses: At December 31, 2005, the allowance for loan losses ("allowance") stood at $4,647, compared with $4,829 at December 31, 2004, representing a decline of $182, or 3.8%.

The allowance is available to absorb losses on loans. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance and provisioning for estimated losses is evaluated quarterly based on review of loans, with particular emphasis on non-performing and other loans that management believes warrant special consideration. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews the evaluation of the allowance to ensure its adequacy.

The allowance is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate for the amount of risk inherent in the current loan portfolio, and adequate to provide for estimated losses. Reserves are established for specific loans including impaired loans, a pool of reserves based on historical charge-offs by loan types, and supplemental reserves that adjust historical loss experience to reflect current economic conditions, industry specific risks, and other observable data.

Loan loss provisions are recorded based upon overall aggregate data, and the allowance is increased when, on an aggregate basis, additional estimated losses are identified and deemed likely. No portion of the allowance is restricted to any loan or group of loans, and the entire allowance is available to absorb realized losses. The amount and timing of realized losses and future allowance allocations could vary from current estimates.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of the borrowers may necessitate future additions or reductions to the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance, which also may necessitate future additions or reductions to the allowance, based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

The following table details changes in the allowance for loan losses and summarizes loan loss experience by loan type over the past five years.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Balance at beginning of period

   $   4,829

  $   5,278

   $   4,975

   $ 4,169

   $  4,236

Charge-offs:

     Commercial, financial,
          agricultural, others

             94

          476

             75

         111

        1,416

     Real estate:

           Construction and development

             ---

            34

               4

           ---

             ---

          Mortgage

             19

            66

           207

         176

           434

     Installments and other loans
          to individuals

           125

          275

           141

         195

           454

Total charge-offs

           238

          851

           427

         482

        2,304

Recoveries:

     Commercial, financial
          agricultural, others

             14

            66

             24

          121

             96

     Real estate:

          Construction and development

               4

            ---

              ---

            ---

             ---

          Mortgage

                1

             51

            106

              4

             74

     Installments and other loans
          to individuals

              37

           105

              60

             63

             67

Total recoveries

              56

           222

            190

           188

           237

Net charge-offs

            182

           629

            237

           294

        2,067

Provision charged to operations

              ---

           180

            540

         1,100

        2,000

Balance at end of period

   $    4,647

  $    4,829

   $    5,278

   $    4,975

   $   4,169

Average loans outstanding during period

   $479,974

  $416,956

   $367,701

   $325,712

   $283,728

Net charge-offs to average loans
     outstanding during period

0.04%

0.15%

0.06%

0.09%

0.73%

 

 

The Bank's loan loss experience showed an improvement during 2005 compared with 2004 experience. Net charge-offs during 2005 amounted to $182, representing a decline of $447 or 71.1%, compared with 2004. Expressed as a percentage of total average loans outstanding, 2005 net charge-offs amounted to 0.04%, compared with 0.15% in 2004.

The following table presents the five-year summary of the allowance by loan type at each respective year-end.

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
(at December 31)

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Amount

Percent of
Loans in Each Category toTotal loans

Amount

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total loans

Amount

Percent of Loans in Each  Category to Total loans

Amount

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total loans

Amount

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total loans

Commercial, financial, and
     agricultural

$1,407

    11.70%

$1,886

     8.84%

  $2,281

   8.06%

   $1,737

    8.84%

   $1,387

     9.84%

Real estate mortgages:

     Real estate-construction

      186

      5.37%

      135

     4.63%

         67

   3.30%

        266

    4.63%

        135

     6.83%

     Real estate-mortgage

   2,768

    80.00%

   2,305

   82.13%

    1,708

84.39%

     1,992

  82.12%

     1,525

   77.42%

Installments and other loans
     to individuals

      230

      2.07%

      249

     3.65%

       342

   3.07%

        531

    3.65%

        855

     4.67%

Other

        ---

      0.86%

        ---

     0.75%

         ---

   1.18%

         ---

    0.76%

          ---

     1.24%

Unallocated

        56

      0.00%

      254

     0.00%

       880

   0.00%

        449

    0.00%

        267

     0.00%

TOTAL

$4,647

    100.0%

$4,829

100.00%

  $5,278

100.00%

   $4,975

100.00%

   $4,169

100.00%

Specific reserves for impaired loans are determined in accordance with SFAS No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors For Impairment of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors For Impairment of a Loan-Income Recognition and Disclosures." The amount of loans considered to be impaired totaled $593 as of December 31, 2005, compared with $93 as of December 31, 2004. The related allowances for loan losses on these impaired loans amounted to $238 and $14 as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no impaired loans that did not have specific reserves. The Bank had no troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and all of its impaired loans were considered collateral dependent and were adequately reserved.

Management reviews impaired loans to ensure such loans are transferred to interest non-accrual status, and written down when necessary. The amount of interest income not recorded on impaired loans amounted to $10 and $3 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

General reserves account for the risk and estimated loss inherent in certain pools of industry and geographic loan concentrations within the loan portfolio. There was no major change in loan concentrations during 2005.

The December 31, 2004 allowance calculation incorporated loss estimates relating to loans to borrowers involved in the Maine wild blueberry processing industry, principally centered in Washington County, Maine. During the fourth quarter of 2003, certain legal proceedings developed between borrowers engaged in the Maine wild blueberry processing industry and their growers, the uncertainties of which Bank management believed warranted recognition of certain increases in credit risk. During the first quarter of 2005, these matters were, in the opinion of management, satisfactorily resolved. At December 31, 2005, the adequacy analysis of the allowance incorporated a revised estimate of inherent risk of loss with respect to this industry segment, compared with December 31, 2004.

Based upon the process employed and giving recognition to all attendant factors associated with the loan portfolio, the Company considers the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2005 to be appropriate for the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, and resident in the local and national economy as of that date.

Funding Sources

The Bank utilizes various traditional sources of funding to support its earning asset portfolios. Funding sources principally consist of retail deposits and, to a lesser extent, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston ("FHLB") of which it is a member, and certificates of deposit obtained from the national market.

Historically, the banking business in the Bank’s market area has been seasonal, with lower deposits in the winter and spring and higher deposits in the summer and fall. These seasonal swings have been fairly predictable and have not had a materially adverse impact on the Bank. Seasonal swings in deposits have been typically absorbed by the Bank’s strong liquidity position, including borrowing lines from the FHLB and cash flows from the investment securities portfolio.

According to a January 2006 report prepared by the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions, in 2004 through June 2005, Maine banks continued to book loans faster than core deposits, necessitating increased reliance on non-core funding. As a consequence, among Maine banks, the loan-to-core deposit ratio rose to a record high of 124%, well above the national average of 96% and up from 117% one year earlier. During 2005, the Bank’s average loan-to-core-deposit ratio amounted to 128%, compared with 114% in 2004.

According to the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions, because core deposit growth has not kept pace with earning asset growth, Maine banks have had to rely increasingly on borrowings and other types of non-core funding, which supported 30% of Maine bank assets as of June 30, 2005, compared with the national average of 17%. During 2005 the Bank’s non-core funding averaged 34.3% of total average assets, compared with 31.8% in 2004.

Management believes that the Bank’s future success in growing core funding will be a determinant factor in its ability to grow earning assets and leverage its strong capital position.

Deposits

During 2005, the most significant source of funding for the Bank’s earning assets continued to be retail deposits, gathered throughout its network of eleven banking offices throughout downeast and midcoast Maine. Total average retail deposits accounted for 57.2% of the funding required in supporting the Bank’s earning asset portfolios during 2005, compared with 59.8% in 2004.

Total Deposits: At December 31, 2005 total deposits amounted to $445,731, compared with $398,272 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $47,459, or 11.9%.

The 2005 increase in total deposits was principally attributed to certificates of deposit obtained from the national market ("brokered deposits"), which accounted for $36,686 or 77.3% of total 2005 deposit growth.

Retail deposit growth amounted to $10,773 in 2005, or 2.9%. The rate of retail deposit growth lagged historical norms during 2005. Management believes that competition from banks and non-banks intensified, as savers and investors sought higher returns in an atmosphere of rising short-term interest rates, and that financial institutions in particular have been aggressive in pricing their deposits in order to fund earning asset growth. Since short-term rates began rising in June 2004, management has exercised restraint with respect to overly aggressive deposit pricing strategies, and has sought to achieve an appropriate balance between retail deposit growth and wholesale funding levels, while protecting the Bank’s net interest margin and liquidity position.

Total average deposits amounted to $417,950 during 2005, compared with $377,721 in 2004, representing an increase of $40,109, or 10.6%. Total average retail deposits amounted to $376,237 during 2005, compared with $366,063 in 2004, representing an increase of $10,174, or 2.8%.

The following table summarizes the changes in the average balances of deposits during the periods indicated:

AVERAGE DEPOSIT BALANCES BY CATEGORY OF DEPOSIT

2005

2004

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

Demand deposits

$ 53,830

---

$ 51,382

---

NOW accounts

   66,289

0.15%

   63,119

0.24%

Savings and money
     market deposits

133,755

1.51%

  132,091

0.83%

Time deposits

122,363

1.39%

  119,471

2.24%

Brokered time deposits

   41,713

3.75%

    11,658

4.09%

     Total deposits

$417,950

$377,721

Demand Deposits: Non-interest bearing demand deposits, which are principally business accounts in nature, totaled $55,451 at December 31, 2005, compared with $54,579 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $872, or 1.6%. Total average demand deposits amounted to $53,830 during 2005, compared with $51,382 in 2004, representing an increase of $2,448, or 4.8%. Demand deposits represented 12.8% of total average deposits during 2005, compared with 13.6% in 2004.

The rate of demand deposit growth lagged historical norms during 2005. Management attributes this, in part, to a lower level of seasonal deposits compared with historical norms, and believes this was consistent with a reportedly slow tourist season in the market areas served by the Bank. Management also believes that competition for demand deposit intensified during 2005, with more financial institutions offering no fee checking accounts.

During the second and third quarters of 2005, the Bank launched a variety of new business and personal demand deposit products, including free checking products, which it believes are highly competitive and designed to satisfy the changing expectations of both individual and business customers. Management believes these products will help increase demand deposits in the foreseeable future.

The Bank strives to attract demand deposits in connection with its commercial lending activities, on a total relationship basis. The Bank’s business checking account offerings include  Small BusinessPlus, BusinessPlus, and Free Small Business , each designed to help business owners manage the varying financial aspects of their business. The Bank also offers its business customers a variety of cash management products including a Cash Management Sweep Account . Customers are able to automatically transfer their excess demand deposit balances, over certain thresholds established with an earnings credit rate, to interest bearing, overnight securities repurchase agreements. Business demand deposits are also generated by way of the Bank’s Merchant Credit Card Processing Program .

NOW Account Deposits: The Bank offers NOW accounts to individuals, not-for-profit organizations and sole proprietor businesses. At December 31, 2005, total NOW accounts stood at $66,965, compared with $63,535 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $3,430 or 5.4%. During 2005 total average NOW accounts amounted to $66,289, compared with $63,119 in 2004, representing an increase of $3,170, or 5.0%. NOW accounts represented 15.9% of total average deposits during 2005, compared with 16.7% in 2004.

During 2005, the Bank’s most successful NOW account product continued to be Gold Wave Checking , a relationship product designed for its age 50 and above customers.

Savings and Money Market Deposits: At December 31, 2005, total savings and money market accounts amounted to $133,113, compared with $139,179 at December 31, 2004, representing a decline of $6,066, or 4.4%. Total average savings and money market accounts amounted to $133,755 during 2005, compared with $132,091 in 2004, representing an increase of $1,664, or 1.3%. Savings and money market accounts represented 32.0% of total average deposits during 2005, compared with 35.0% in 2004.

The Bank offers statement savings accounts, and as a community oriented financial institution, continues to support the more traditional passbook savings accounts. During 2005 the Bank also offered a tiered-rate, money market account, Investors Choice , providing businesses and individuals with short-term investment alternatives.

Bank management attributes the sluggish 2005 growth in average savings and money market accounts to aggressive pricing competition from banks and non-banks, as savers shopped for higher returns in an atmosphere of well-publicized, rising short-term interest rates. In response to competitive pricing pressures and continuing market demand, in the first quarter of 2006 the Bank introduced its new Prime-based Horizon Money Market Account, which it believes is highly competitive and designed to satisfy the needs of both small and large investors alike.

Time Deposits : At December 31, 2005, total time deposits stood at $129,816, compared with $117,279 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $12,537, or 10.7%. Total average time deposits amounted to $122,363 during 2005 compared with $119,471 in 2004, representing an increase of $2,892, or 2.4 %. Time deposits represented 29.3% of total average deposits during 2005, compared with 31.6% in 2004.

In pricing time deposits, particularly non-relationship time deposits, the Bank will consider other sources of funding which may be offered at more attractive terms and prices, including borrowed funds and time deposits available in the national market.

Bank management attributes the 2005 growth in time deposits to its competitive pricing strategies and customer retention programs. Additionally, given the increase in short-term interest rates and the flattening U.S. Treasury curve, investors and savers appeared attracted to higher yielding certificates of deposit with relatively short-term maturities.

Time deposits in denominations of $100 or greater totaled $25,151 at December 31, 2005, compared with $19,405 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $5,746, or 29.6%.

The following table summarizes the maturity distribution of time deposits of $100 or greater:

MATURITY SCHEDULE
TIME DEPOSITS $100 THOUSAND OR GREATER
DECEMBER 31, 2005

Maturity

Three months or less

   $   4,546

Over three months to six months

        5,940

Over six to twelve months

        6,818

Over twelve months

        7,847

    $25,151

Brokered Time Deposits: At December 31, 2005, total brokered time deposits stood at $60,386, compared with $23,700 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $36,686, or 154.8%. Total average brokered time deposits amounted to $41,713 during 2005 compared with $11,658 in 2004, representing an increase of $30,055, or 257.8%. Brokered time deposits represented 10.0% of total average deposits during 2005, compared with 3.1% in 2004.

The increase in brokered time deposits was primarily attributed to the funding needs associated with the Bank’s strong earning asset growth, principally loans, which outpaced retail deposit growth during 2005. In addition, during 2005 the Bank modified its funding and liquidity strategies, providing more balance between brokered and borrowed funds, which during 2005 posted an average balance increase of only 1.2% compared with 2004. The rates of interest paid on brokered time deposits were generally more favorable than collateralized advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, the primary source of wholesale funding used by the Bank.

Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds principally consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston ("FHLB") and, to a lesser extent, securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Advances from the FHLB are secured by stock in the FHLB, investment securities, and blanket liens on qualifying mortgage loans and home equity loans.

The Bank utilizes borrowed funds in leveraging its strong capital position and supporting its earning asset portfolios. Borrowed funds are principally utilized to support the Bank’s investment securities portfolio and, to a lesser extent, fund loan growth. Borrowed funds also provide a means to help manage balance sheet interest rate risk, given the Bank’s ability to select desired amounts, terms and maturities on a daily basis.

Borrowings From the Federal Home Loan Bank: At December 31, 2005, borrowings from the FHLB totaled $223,258, compared with $191,846 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $31,412, or 16.4%. During 2005, borrowings from the FHLB averaged $195,124, compared with $193,927 in 2004, representing an increase of $1,197, or 0.6%.

The increase in borrowings from the FHLB was utilized to fund 2005 earning asset growth, which outpaced the growth in retail deposits.

During 2005, the Bank re-balanced a portion of its wholesale funding base by utilizing a greater proportion of brokered certificates of deposit obtained in the national market to support earning asset growth. This action was taken to strengthen the Bank’s strategic liquidity reserves, providing a higher level of "just in time" funding afforded by readily available advances from the FHLB.

Total average borrowings from the FHLB expressed as a percentage of total average assets amounted to 28.3% during 2005, compared with 30.0% in 2004.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase: At December 31, 2005, securities sold under repurchase agreements amounted to $16,438, compared with $15,077 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $1,361, or 9.0%. Securities sold under repurchase agreements were collateralized by U.S. Government-sponsored agency obligations.

Borrowing Maturities: Borrowing maturities are managed in concert with the Bank’s asset and liability management strategy, and are closely aligned with the ongoing management of balance sheet interest rate risk.

As of December 31, 2005, total short-term borrowings, including securities sold under repurchase agreements, amounted to $131,338, compared with $89,851 at December 31, 2004, or 54.8% and 43.4% of total borrowings, respectively. Conversely, long-term borrowings at December 31, 2005 totaled $108,358, compared with $117,072 at December 31, 2004, or 45.2% and 56.6% of total borrowings, respectively.

The Bank has utilized higher cost, longer-term borrowings to manage the interest rate risk associated with the growth in longer-term, fixed rate, earning assets generated during periods of historically low interest rates. While this strategy has pressured net interest income in the near-term, management believes it lessens the degree of interest rate risk and better positions the Bank for rising interest rates and an improving economy.

Capital Resources

Consistent with its long-term goal of operating a sound and profitable organization, the Company continues to be a "well capitalized" bank holding company according to applicable regulatory standards. Management believes this to be vital in promoting depositor and investor confidence and providing a solid foundation for future growth. Historically, most of the Company’s capital requirements have been provided through retained earnings and this continued to be the case during the year ended December 31, 2005.

Stock Repurchase Plans: In November 1999, the Company announced a stock repurchase plan. The Board of Directors of the Company at that time authorized open market and privately negotiated purchases of up to 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or 344,000 shares. As of the date of termination of this plan on December 31, 2003, the Company had repurchased 339,814 shares of stock under the plan, at a total cost of $6,151 and an average price of $18.10 per share. The Company recorded the repurchased shares as treasury stock.

In March 2004, the Company announced a second stock repurchase plan. The Board of Directors of the Company authorized open market and privately negotiated purchases of up to 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or 310,000 shares. Purchases began on March 4, 2004 and were to continue through December 31, 2005. The Company’s Board of Directors subsequently authorized the continuance of this program through December 31, 2006. Depending on market conditions and other factors, these purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time, or from time-to-time, without prior notice. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had repurchased 103,732 shares of stock under this plan, at a total cost of $2,822 and an average price of $27.21 per share.

The Company believes that a stock repurchase plan is a prudent use of its capital at this time. Management anticipates the stock repurchase plan will be accretive to the return on average shareholders’ equity and earnings per share. Management also believes that the stock repurchase plan helps facilitate an orderly market for the disposition of large blocks of stock, and lessens the price volatility associated with the Company’s thinly traded stock.

Cash Dividends: The Company has historically paid regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock. Each quarter the Board of Directors declares the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to adjustment from time to time, based on the Company’s earnings outlook, the strength of the balance sheet and other relevant factors.

The Company’s principal source of funds to pay cash dividends and support its commitments is derived from Bank operations. During 2005, the Company paid declared cash dividends in the aggregate amount of $2,584. The Company’s 2005 earnings payout ratio amounted to 40.2%, compared with 43.2% in 2004.

In the first quarter of 2005, the Company increased its quarterly dividend by 5.0% to $0.21 per common share. The dividend was paid March 15, 2005 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on February 18, 2005. Quarterly dividends continued at this rate through 2005.

In the first quarter of 2006, the Company increased its quarterly cash dividend by 4.8% to $0.22 per common share. The dividend is payable to all shareholders of record as of February 17, 2006, with a payment date of March 15, 2006.

Capital Ratios: The Company and the Bank are subject to the risk-based capital guidelines administered by the Company’s and the Bank's principal regulators. The risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under these guidelines, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of risk weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. The guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to risk weighted assets of 8%, including a minimum ratio of Tier I capital to total risk weighted assets of 4% and a Tier I capital to average assets of 4% ("Leverage Ratio"). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company and the Bank were considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Under the capital adequacy guidelines, a well capitalized institution must maintain a minimum total risk-based capital to total risk weighted assets ratio of at least 10%, a minimum Tier I capital to total risk weighted assets ratio of at least 6%, and a minimum Tier I Leverage ratio of at least 5%.

At December 31, 2005, the Company’s total risk-based capital was $56,556 or 11.3% of risk-weighted assets, compared with $56,260, or 13.0% of total risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2004.

At December 31, 2005, the Company’s Tier I capital totaled $54,416 or 10.9% of risk-weighted assets, compared with $51,431, or 11.9% of total risk weighted assets at December 31, 2004. The ratio of Tier I capital to average assets, or Leverage Ratio, at December 31, 2005 was   7.5%, compared with 7.7% at December 31, 2004.

The following table sets forth the Company's regulatory capital at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, under the rules applicable at that date.

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     $56,556

        11.3%

     $56,260

        13.0%

Regulatory Requirement

       40,028

          8.0%

       34,588

          8.0%

Excess

     $16,528

          3.3%

     $21,672

          5.0%

Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets

     $54,416

        10.9%

     $51,431

        11.9%

Regulatory Requirement

       20,014

          4.0%

       17,294

          4.0%

Excess

     $34,402

          6.9%

     $34,137

          7.9%

Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets

     $54,416

          7.5%

     $51,431

          7.7%

Regulatory Requirement

       28,847

          4.0%

       26,547

          4.0%

Excess

     $25,569

          3.5%

     $24,884

          3.7%

As more fully disclosed in Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Bank also maintained its standing as a well capitalized institution as defined by applicable regulatory standards. At December 31, 2005, the Bank’s Tier I Leverage, Tier I Risk-based and Total Risk-based capital ratios stood at 7.8%, 11.2% and 11.7%, respectively.

There are no known trends, events or uncertainties, nor any recommendations by any regulatory authority, that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Company’s capital resources, liquidity, or financial condition.

Contractual Obligations

The Company is a party to certain contractual obligations under which it is obligated to make future payments. These principally include borrowings from the FHLB, consisting of short and long-term fixed rate borrowings, and collateralized by all stock in the FHLB, a blanket lien on qualified collateral consisting primarily of loans with first and second mortgages secured by one-to-four family properties, and certain pledged investment securities. The Company has an obligation to repay all borrowings from the FHLB.

The Company is also obligated to make payments on operating leases for its offices in Somesville and Bangor, Maine.

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2005. Borrowings are stated at their contractual maturity due dates and do not reflect call features, or principal amortization features, on certain borrowings.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Payments Due By Period

Description

Total Amount
of Obligations

< 1 Year

1-3 Years

4-5 Years

> 5 Years

Operating leases

    $       383

     $          73

   $     129

   $     143

      $       38

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank

      223,258

        114,900

     48,070

     27,330

        32,958

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        16,438

          16,438

            ---

            ---

               ---

     Total

    $240,079

      $131,411

   $48,199

   $27,473

      $32,996

In the normal course of its banking and financial services business, and in connection with providing products and services to its customers, the Company has entered into a variety of traditional third party contracts for support services. Examples of such contractual agreements would include services providing ATM, Visa Debit and Credit Card processing, trust services accounting support, student loan servicing, check printing, and the leasing of T-1 telecommunication lines supporting the Company’s wide area technology network.

The majority of the Company’s core operating systems and software applications are maintained "in-house" with traditional third party maintenance agreements of one year or less.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is, from time to time, a party to certain off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company's financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources, that may be material to investors.

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements were limited to standby letters of credit.

Standby Letters of Credit: The Bank guarantees the obligations or performance of certain customers by issuing standby letters of credit to third parties. These letters of credit are sometimes issued in support of third-party debt. The risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as the credit risk involved in extending loan facilities to customers, and they are subject to the same origination, portfolio maintenance and management procedures in effect to monitor other credit products. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon issuance of a standby letter of credit, is based upon management's credit evaluation of the customer.

At December 31, 2005, commitments under existing standby letters of credit totaled $115, compared with $1,155 at December 31, 2004. The fair value of the standby letters of credit was not significant as of the foregoing dates.

Off Balance Sheet Risk

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and certain financial derivative instruments; namely, interest rate swap agreements and interest rate floor agreements.

Commitments to Extend Credit: Commitments to extend credit represent agreements by the Bank to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination provisions and may require payment of a fee.

Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis using the same credit policies as it does for its balance sheet instruments, such as loans. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon the issuance of commitment, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

The following table summarizes the Bank’s commitments to extend credit as of December 31:

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT

2005

2004

Commitments to originate loans

   $  40,779

$14,435

Unused lines of credit

       73,190

  75,732

Un-advanced portions of construction loans

         6,110

    7,336

Total

   $120,079

$97,503

Financial Derivative Instruments: As part of its overall asset and liability management strategy, the Bank periodically uses derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. The Bank's interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant adverse effect on net interest income. Derivative instruments that management periodically uses as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swap agreements and interest rate floor agreements. A policy statement, approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank, governs use of derivative instruments.

The notional amounts of the financial derivative instruments do not represent exposure to credit loss. The Bank is exposed to credit loss only to the extent the counter-party defaults in its responsibility to pay interest under the terms of the agreements. Management does not anticipate non-performance by the counter-party to the agreements, and regularly reviews the credit quality of the counter-party from which the instruments have been purchased.

The details of the Bank’s financial derivative instruments as of December 31, 2005 are summarized as follows.

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

 

Description

Maturity

Notional Amount
(in thousands)

Fixed Interest Rate

Variable Interest Rate

Receive fixed rate, pay variable rate

09/01/07

$10,000

6.04%

Prime (7.25%)

Receive fixed rate, pay variable rate

01/24/09

$10,000

6.25%

Prime (7.25%)

The Bank is required to pay a counter-party monthly variable rate payments indexed to Prime, while receiving fixed rate payments based upon interest rates of 6.04% and 6.25%, respectively, over the term of each respective agreement.

The following table summarizes the contractual cash flows of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding at December 31, 2005, based upon the then-current Prime interest rate of 7.25%:

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less Than 1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

Fixed payments due from counter-party

            $2,925

          $1,229

       $1,655

        $41

Variable payments due to counter-party
      based on Prime rate

              3,434

            1,450

         1,936

          48

Net cash flow

            $  (509)

          $   (221)

       $  (281)

        $(7)

Total net cash flows received from counter-parties amounted to $3 in 2005, compared with $455 and $498 in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The declines in net cash flows received from counter-parties were attributed to increases in the Prime interest rate during 2004 and 2005.

INTEREST RATE FLOOR AGREEMENTS

Notional
Amount

Termination
Date

Prime
Strike Rate

Premium
Paid

$20,000

08/02/10

6.00%

$186

$10,000

11/01/10

6.50%

$ 69

During the third and fourth quarters of 2005, interest rate floor agreements were purchased by the Bank to limit its exposure to falling interest rates on a pool of loans indexed to the Prime interest rate. Under the terms of the agreements the Bank paid up front premiums for the right to receive cash flow payments if the Prime rate falls below the predetermined floor rates, thus effectively ensuring interest income on a pool of prime based loans at a minimum of 6.00% and 6.50% on the $20,000 and $10,000 notional amounts for the duration of the agreements, respectively. The interest rate floor agreements were designated as a cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS 133.

Liquidity

Liquidity is measured by the Company’s ability to meet short-term cash needs at a reasonable cost or minimal loss. The Company seeks to obtain favorable sources of liabilities and to maintain prudent levels of liquid assets in order to satisfy varied liquidity demands. Besides serving as a funding source for maturing obligations, liquidity provides flexibility in responding to customer initiated needs. Many factors affect the Company’s ability to meet liquidity needs, including variations in the markets served by its network of offices, its mix of assets and liabilities, reputation and credit standing in the marketplace, and general economic conditions.

The Bank actively manages its liquidity position through target ratios established under its Asset Liability Management Policy approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Continual monitoring of these ratios, both historical and through forecasts under multiple rate scenarios, allows the Bank to employ strategies necessary to maintain adequate liquidity.

The Bank uses a basic surplus model to measure its liquidity over 30 and 90-day time horizons. The relationship between liquid assets and short-term liabilities that are vulnerable to non-replacement are routinely monitored. The Bank’s policy is to maintain its liquidity position at approximately 5% of total assets. At December 31, 2005, liquidity, as measured by the basic surplus model, was 6.6 % over the 30-day horizon and 4.6% over the 90-day horizon.

A portion of the Bank’s deposit base has been historically seasonal in nature, with balances typically declining in the winter months through late spring, during which period the Bank’s liquidity position tightens.

At December 31, 2005, the Bank had unused lines of credit and net unencumbered qualifying collateral availability to support its credit line with the FHLB approximating $45 million. The Bank also had capacity to borrow funds on a secured basis utilizing certain un-pledged securities in its investment securities portfolio. The Bank’s loan portfolio and investment portfolio provide a source of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales. The Bank also has access to the national brokered deposit market, and has been using this funding source to bolster its liquidity position.

Changes in economic conditions, including consumer savings habits and availability or access to the brokered deposit market could potentially have a significant impact on the Company’s liquidity position.

The Bank maintains a liquidity contingency plan approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. This plan addresses the steps that would be taken in the event of a liquidity crisis, and identifies other sources of liquidity available to the Company.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this report have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the assets and virtually all of the liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates and the U.S. Treasury yield curve may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation.

While the financial nature of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and statements of income is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation, inflation does affect the Company because as prices increase the money supply tends to increase, the size of loans requested tends to increase, total Company assets increase, and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. In addition, operating expenses tend to increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of the Company’s income stream and represents the difference or spread between interest generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income is entirely generated by the Bank. Fluctuations in market interest rates as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest bearing liabilities can materially impact net interest income.

Total Net Interest Income: For the year ended December 31, 2005, net interest income on a fully tax- equivalent basis amounted to $22,541 compared with $21,098 and $20,102 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $1,443 and $996, or 6.8% and 5.0%, respectively.

The increase in 2005 net interest income was principally attributed to a $44,786 or 7.3% increase in average earning assets during the year, aided by a relatively unchanged net interest margin, which in 2005 amounted to 3.43% compared with 3.45% in 2004.

The increase in 2004 net interest income was entirely attributed to average earning asset growth of $83,240 or 15.7%, as the 2004 net interest margin declined 35 basis points to 3.45%, compared with 2003.

Factors contributing to the changes in net interest income and the net interest margin are further enumerated in the following discussion and analysis.

Net Interest Income Analysis: The following tables summarize the Company’s daily average balance sheets and the components of net interest income, including a reconciliation of tax equivalent adjustments, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND
ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
For the year ended December 31, 2005

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Rate

Interest Earning Assets:

Loans (1,3)

      $479,974

     $29,595

6.17%

Taxable investment securities

        132,604

         5,592

4.22%

Non-taxable investment securities (3)

          31,423

         2,154

6.85%

     Total Investments

        164,027

         7,746

4.72%

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

          10,731

            466

4.34%

Fed funds sold, money market funds, and time
      deposits with other banks

            2,085

              70

3.36%

      Total Earning Assets

        656,817

       37,877

5.77%

Non-Interest Earning Assets:

Cash and due from banks

           8,602

Allowance for loan losses

          (4,767)

Other assets (2)

         28,992

     Total Assets

     $689,644

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Deposits

     $364,120

     $ 6,941

1.91%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
     and fed funds purchased

         14,637

           272

1.86%

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank

       195,124

        8,123

4.16%

     Total Borrowings

       209,761

        8,395

4.00%

        Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

       573,881

      15,336

2.67%

Rate Spread

3.10%

Non-Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Demand deposits

         53,830

Other liabilities

           5,801

     Total Liabilities

       633,512

Shareholders' equity

         56,132

     Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

     $689,644

Net interest income and net interest margin (3)

       22,541

3.43%

Less: Tax equivalent adjustment

           (682)

     Net Interest Income

     $21,859

3.33%

(1) For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
(2) For purposes of these computations, unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded in other assets.
(3) For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax equivalent basis.

 

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND
ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
For the year ended December 31, 2004

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Rate

Interest Earning Assets:

Loans (1,3)

      $416,956

      $24,100

5.78%

Taxable investment securities

        147,836

          5,937

4.02%

Non-taxable investment securities (3)

          33,942

          2,260

6.66%

     Total Investments

        181,778

          8,197

4.51%

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

          10,571

             297

2.81%

Fed funds sold, money market funds, and time

     deposits with other banks

            2,726

              49

1.80%

     Total Earning Assets

        612,031

       32,643

5.33%

Non-Interest Earning Assets:

Cash and due from banks

            8,308

Allowance for loan losses

           (5,051)

Other assets (2)

          30,917

     Total Assets

      $646,205

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Deposits

      $326,339

      $ 4,409

1.35%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
     and fed funds purchased

          13,427

            151

1.12%

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank

        193,927

         6,985

3.60%

Total Borrowings

         207,354

         7,136

3.44%

Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

        533,693

       11,545

2.16%

Rate Spread

3.17%

Non Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Demand deposits

         51,382

Other liabilities

           6,930

     Total Liabilities

       592,005

Shareholders' Equity

         54,200

     Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

     $646,205

Net interest income and net interest margin (3)

         21,098

3.45%

Less: Tax equivalent adjustment

             (721)

     Net Interest Income

       $20,377

3.33%

(1) For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
(2) For purposes of these computations, unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded in other assets.
(3) For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax equivalent basis.

 

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND
ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME
For the year ended December 31, 2003

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Rate

Interest Earning Assets:

Loans (1,3)

       $367,701

       $23,463

6.38%

Taxable investment securities

         118,021

           5,252

4.45%

Non-taxable investment securities (3)

           31,273

           2,133

6.82%

     Total Investments

         149,294

           7,385

4.95%

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

             8,700

              265

3.05%

Fed Funds sold, money market funds, and time
     deposits with other banks

             3,096

               64

2.07%

     Total Earning Assets

         528,791

        31,177

5.90%

Non-Interest Earning Assets:

Cash and due from banks

             8,227

Allowance for loan losses

           (5,235)

Other assets (2)

          29,054

     Total Assets

      $560,837

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Deposits

      $276,807

      $ 4,336

1.57%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

          13,086

            173

1.32%

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank

        163,724

         6,566

4.01%

     Total Borrowings

        176,810

         6,739

3.81%

          Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

        453,617

       11,075

2.44%

Rate Spread

3.46%

Non-Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Demand deposits

         45,607

Other liabilities

           7,689

     Total Liabilities

       506,913

Shareholders’ Equity

         53,924

     Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

     $560,837

Net interest income and net interest margin (3)

        20,102

3.80%

Less: Tax equivalent adjustment

           (684)

     Net Interest Income

      $19,418

3.67%

(1)   For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
(2)  For purposes of these computations, unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded in other assets.
(3)  For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax equivalent basis.

Net Interest Margin: The net interest margin, expressed on a tax-equivalent basis, represents the difference between interest and dividends earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid to depositors and other creditors, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.

The net interest margin is determined by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets. The interest rate spread represents the difference between the average tax-equivalent yield earned on interest earning-assets and the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities. The net interest margin is generally higher than the interest rate spread due to the additional income earned on those assets funded by non-interest bearing liabilities, primarily demand deposits and shareholders’ equity.

The Company’s net interest margin amounted to 3.43% in 2005, compared with 3.45% and 3.80% in 2004 and 2003, representing declines of 2 and 35 basis points, respectively.

The following table summarizes the net interest margin components, on a quarterly basis, over the past two years. Factors contributing to the changes in the net interest margin are enumerated in the following discussion and analysis.

NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
FOR QUARTER ENDED

2005

2004

Average Rate

Average Rate

4th Qtr

3rd Qtr

2nd Qtr

1st Qtr

4th Qtr

3rd Qtr

2nd Qtr

1st Qtr

Interest Earning Assets:

Loans (1,2)

6.34%

6.22%

6.10%

5.97%

5.91%

5.75%

5.63%

5.83%

Taxable investment securities

4.47%

4.09%

4.11%

4.16%

4.01%

4.00%

3.71%

4.40%

Non-taxable investment securities (2)

6.62%

6.84%

6.76%

7.19%

6.95%

6.86%

6.91%

5.88%

Total Investments

4.89%

4.57%

4.62%

4.78%

4.57%

4.51%

4.28%

4.70%

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

4.85%

4.41%

4.07%

4.02%

3.49%

3.02%

2.47%

2.17%

Fed funds sold, money market funds, and time

deposits with other banks

3.92%

3.46%

3.20%

2.28%

2.33%

1.84%

1.28%

2.06%

Total Earning Assets

5.94%

5.79%

5.70%

5.61%

5.48%

5.30%

5.14%

5.43%

Interest Bearing Liabilities:

Deposits

2.27%

2.02%

1.76%

1.52%

1.41%

1.34%

1.32%

1.38%

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

2.15%

1.91%

1.82%

1.45%

1.11%

1.13%

1.15%

1.12%

Other borrowings

4.39%

4.27%

4.07%

3.91%

3.86%

3.43%

3.41%

3.76%

Total Borrowings

4.21%

4.10%

3.93%

3.75%

3.65%

3.33%

3.28%

3.54%

Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

2.96%

2.76%

2.56%

2.37%

2.23%

2.12%

2.10%

2.25%

Rate Spread

2.98%

3.03%

3.14%

3.24%

3.25%

3.18%

3.04%

3.18%

Net Interest Margin (2)

3.36%

3.39%

3.45%

3.54%

3.55%

3.45%

3.28%

3.51%

Net Interest Margin without Tax Equivalent Adjustments

3.26%

3.30%

3.35%

3.41%

3.43%

3.33%

3.16%

3.40%

(1) For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
(2) For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax equivalent basis.

In June of 2004, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") began increasing short-term interest rates. Through December 31, 2005, the Fed funds targeted rate had been increased thirteen times, ending 2005 at 4.25%. However, during this same period of time, the benchmark 10-year U.S. Treasury note declined 48 basis points, causing a dramatic 373 basis point flattening of the U.S. Treasury yield curve.

Preceding the start of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate tightening cycle in June 2004, the Company’s net interest margin had been posting steady declines, as the historically low interest rate environment caused sharp yield declines on the Bank’s variable rate earning assets and accelerated prepayment speeds on fixed rate earning assets driven by loan refinancing activity and accelerated cash flows from the securities portfolio. This environment caused considerable margin erosion, as the decline in yields on earning assets occurred at a faster pace than the decline in the cost of interest bearing funds.

As short-term interest rates continued to increase during the second half of 2004, the net interest margin began to strengthen, as the Bank’s earning asset base was re-pricing faster than the increases in its funding costs, due in part to a large floating rate loan base, the Bank’s asset sensitive balance sheet, and a variety of pricing strategies implemented by Bank management.

In the second quarter of 2005 the net interest margin began to decline and this decline continued to accelerate through the end of the year. The declining net interest margin during 2005 was principally attributed to the increases in the Bank’s cost of funds outpacing the increases in yields on its earning assets, reflecting the re-pricing of a large portion of the Bank’s funding base during a period of rapidly rising short-term interest rates, combined with highly competitive pricing pressures with respect to loans and deposits, a higher utilization of wholesale funding, and the inherent net interest margin challenges widely associated with a flat U.S. Treasury yield curve.

The yield on average earning assets amounted to 5.77% in 2005, compared with 5.33% and 5.90% in 2004 and 2003, representing an increase of 44 basis points and a decline of 57 basis points, respectively. Similarly, the cost of interest bearing liabilities amounted to 2.67% in 2005, compared with 2.16% and 2.44% in 2004 and 2003, representing an increase of 51 basis points and a decline of 28 basis points, respectively.

During 2005, the increase in the cost of interest bearing liabilities exceeded the increase in yields on earning assets by 7 basis points, whereas in 2004 the decline in yields on earning assets exceeded the decline in the cost of interest bearing funds by 29 basis points.

Bank management anticipates continued pressure on the net interest margin during 2006, and believes that continued balance sheet growth will be needed to meaningfully increase the Bank’s 2005 level of net interest income in 2006, should interest rates remain at current levels, or the U.S Treasury yield curve become inverted.

The Bank’s interest rate sensitivity position is more fully described in Part II, Item 7a of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Interest Income: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total interest income, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, amounted to $37,877, compared with $32,643 and $31,177 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $5,243 and $1,466, or 16.1% and 4.7%, respectively.

The increase in 2005 interest income was attributed to average earning asset growth of $44,786 or 7.3%, combined with a 44 basis point increase in the weighted average earning asset yield. The increase in 2003 interest income compared with 2004 was principally attributed to earning asset growth of $83,240 or 15.7%, offset in part by a 57 basis point decline in the weighted average earning asset yield.

As depicted on the rate / volume analysis tables below, the increased volume of average earning assets on the balance sheet during 2005 contributed $3,265 to the increase in 2005 interest income compared with 2004, while the increase attributed to the impact of a higher weighted average earning asset yield amounted to $1,969. In 2004, the increased volume of average earning assets on the balance sheet contributed $4,416 to the increase in 2004 interest income compared with 2003, offset in part by a decline of $2,950 attributed to the impact of a lower weighted average earning asset yield.

Interest Expense: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total interest expense amounted to $15,336, compared with $11,545 and $11,075 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $3,791 and $470, or 32.8% and 4.2%, respectively.

The increase in 2005 interest expense was principally attributed to a $40,188 or 7.5% increase in average interest bearing liabilities, combined with a 51 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities. The increase in 2004 interest expense compared with 2003 was principally attributed to an $80,076 increase in average interest bearing liabilities, offset in part by a 28 basis point decline in the weighted average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

As depicted on the rate / volume analysis tables below, the increased volume of average interest bearing liabilities on the balance sheet during 2005 contributed $483 to the increase in 2005 interest expense compared with 2004, while the increase attributed to the impact of a higher weighted average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities contributed $3,308. In 2004, the increased volume of average interest bearing liabilities on the balance sheet contributed $1,852 to the increase in 2004 interest expense compared with 2003, but was substantially offset by a decline of $1,382 attributed to the impact of a lower weighted average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

Rate / Volume Analysis: The following tables set forth a summary analysis of the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the average volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, and changes in average rates on such assets and liabilities. The income from tax-exempt assets has been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis, thereby allowing uniform comparisons to be made. Because of the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate changes to volume or rate. For presentation purposes, changes which are not solely due to volume changes or rate changes have been allocated to these categories in proportion to the relationships of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

ANALYSIS OF VOLUME AND RATE CHANGES ON NET INTEREST INCOME
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 VERSUS DECEMBER 31, 2004
INCREASES (DECREASES) DUE TO:

Average
Volume

Average
Rate

Net
Interest Income

Loans (1,2)

        $4,078

       $ 1,417

             $5,495

Taxable investment securities

           (632)

             287

                 (345)

Non-taxable investment securities (2)

           (171)

               65

                 (106)

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

                4

             165

                  169

Fed Funds sold, money market funds, and time
      deposits with other banks

            (14)

               35

                    21

TOTAL EARNING ASSETS

       $3,265

       $ 1,969

             $5,234

Interest bearing deposits

            428

          2,104

               2,532

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

              12

             109

                  121

Other borrowings

              43

          1,095

               1,138

TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

       $   483

       $ 3,308

             $3,791

NET CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME

       $2,782

       $(1,339)

             $1,443

        (1) For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
        (2) For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

ANALYSIS OF VOLUME AND RATE CHANGES ON NET INTEREST INCOME
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 VERSUS DECEMBER 31, 2003
INCREASES (DECREASES) DUE TO:

Average
Volume

Average
Rate

Net
Interest Income

Loans (1,2)

           $2,969

         $(2,332)

          $ 637

Taxable investment securities

             1,233

              (548)

             685

Non-taxable investment securities (2)

                179

                (52)

             127

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

                 54

                (22)

               32

Fed Funds sold, money market funds, and time
      deposits with other banks

                (19)

                   4

              (15)

TOTAL EARNING ASSETS

          $4,416

         $(2,950)

         $1,466

Interest bearing deposits

              716

              (643)

                73

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

                  4

                (26)

               (22)

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank

           1,132

              (713)

              419

TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

         $1,852

         $(1,382)

           $ 470

NET CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME

         $2,564

         $(1,568)

           $ 996

    (1) For purposes of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in average loans.
    (2) For purposes of these computations, interest income is reported on a tax-equivalent basis.

Provision for Loan Losses

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Bank did not record a provision for loan losses, compared with $180 and $540 in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The provision for loan losses reflects the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses ("allowance") at a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate for the amount of inherent risk of loss in the Bank’s current loan portfolio. In prior reporting periods the allowance incorporated loss estimates relating to certain borrowers in the Maine wild blueberry processing industry that were involved in legal proceedings with certain blueberry growers, which management believed warranted recognition of increased credit risk. During the first quarter of 2005, these legal matters were, in the opinion of management, satisfactorily resolved, thus improving the overall credit risk profile of the Bank’s loan portfolio.

The Bank’s non-performing loans remained at low levels during 2005. At December 31, 2005, total non-performing loans amounted to $868, or 0.17% of total loans, compared with $723 or 0.16% at December 31, 2004. The allowance expressed as a percentage of non-performing loans amounted to 535% at December 31, 2005, compared with 668% at December 31, 2004.

The Bank's loan loss experience showed an improvement during 2005, with net charge-offs amounting to $182, or net charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.04%, compared with $629, or net charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.15% during 2004.

Based upon the continued improvement in the performance of the loan portfolio, combined with certain improvements with respect to specific credit relationships including borrowers engaged in the Maine wild blueberry processing industry, as noted above the Bank did not record a provision for loan losses in 2005.

Refer to Part II, Item 7, Allowance for Loan Losses, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion and analysis regarding the provision for loan losses.

Non-Interest Income

In addition to net interest income, non-interest income is a significant source of revenue for the Company and an important factor in its results of operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, total non-interest income amounted to $6,415, compared with $6,572 and $7,074 in 2004 and 2003, representing declines of $157 and $502 or 2.4% and 7.1%, respectively.

Factors contributing to the changes in non-interest income are enumerated in the following discussion and analysis:

Trust and Financial Services Income: Income from trust and financial services represented 31.1% of the Company’s total non-interest income in 2005, compared with 29.4% and 31.0% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Income from trust and financial services is principally derived from fee income based on a percentage of the market value of client assets under management and held in custody and, to a lesser extent, revenue from brokerage services conducted through Bar Harbor Financial Services, an independent third-party broker.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, income generated from trust and financial services amounted to $1,992, compared with $1,929 and $2,192 in 2004 and 2003, representing an increase of $63 or 3.3% and a decline of $263 or 12.0%, respectively.

The increase in 2005 fee income compared with 2004 was driven by trust and investment services, as revenue generated from third-party brokerage activities at Bar Harbor Financial Services posted a moderate decline, reflecting lower trading volumes, including sales of mutual funds and annuity products.

The decline in 2004 fee income compared with 2003 was attributed to declines in revenue generated from third-party brokerage services and, to a lesser extent, fee income from trust and investment services, reflecting declines in average assets under management and the implementation of pricing strategies designed to remain competitive while attracting new business.

At December 31, 2005, total managed assets at Bar Harbor Trust Services stood at $220,537, compared with $196,079 at December 31, 2004, representing an increase of $24,458, or 12.5%. In light of the 2005 growth in the managed assets portfolio, management believes the portfolio is positioned to generate higher levels of fee income in 2006.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts: This income is principally derived from monthly deposit account maintenance and activity fees, overdraft fees, and a variety of other deposit account related fees. Income from service charges on deposit accounts represented 21.7% of total 2005 non-interest income, compared with 22.3% and 21.3% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, income generated from service charges on deposit accounts amounted to $1,390, compared with $1,463 and $1,509 in 2004 and 2003, representing declines of $73 and $46, or 5.0% and 3.0%, respectively.

As was the case during 2004, income generated from service charges on deposit accounts remained under pressure during 2005. Bank management attributes the declines, in part, to aggressive competitive pricing in the markets served by the Bank, and believes this will continue in the future as financial institutions compete for deposit market share and continue to offer a variety of "no fee" products. Management also believes that over the past couple of years customers have been closing or consolidating small balance accounts, migrating to relationship products that have lower fees, and reducing their volume of account overdraft activity.

During 2005, the Bank launched a new Overdraft Honor service which it believes will help increase non-interest income generated from deposit account service charges.

Credit Card Service Charges and Fees: This income is principally derived from the Bank’s merchant credit card transaction processing services and, to a lesser extent, fees associated with its Visa credit card product. Income from credit card service charges and fees represented 29.2% of total 2005 non-interest income, compared with 25.7% and 22.8% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, income generated from credit card service charges and fees amounted to $1,876, compared with $1,687 and $1,614 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $189 and $73, or 11.2% and 4.5%, respectively.

While merchant credit card processing profit margins have generally tightened over the past few years, with competition from large regional processors intensifying, the Bank has been able to grow revenue through new business, increased volumes of transactions, competitive pricing strategies, and the local support offered by a community bank.

Net Securities Gains: This source of non-interest income is derived from net gains on the sale of investment securities. Net gains on the sale of investment securities represented 9.0% of total 2005 non-interest income, compared with 7.6% and 17.8% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, net gains on the sale of investment securities amounted to $580, compared with $497 and $1,257 in 2004 and 2003, representing an increase of $83 or 16.7%, and a decrease of $760 or 60.5%, respectively.

The sale of securities during 2005 was driven by a combination of strong loan growth, the timing and extent of seasonal deposit flows, the Bank’s liquidity needs, and responses to significant changes in market yields.

There is no assurance that the recording of securities gains will continue in future reporting periods at 2005, 2004 and 2003 levels. It is important to note, however, that the available for sale securities portfolio is managed on a total return basis, in concert with well-structured asset/liability management policies. Bank management will continue to respond to changes in market interest rates, changes in securities pre-payment or extension risk, changes in the availability of and yields on alternative investments, and the Bank’s need for adequate liquidity.

Net Income on Interest Rate Swap Agreements: As part of its overall asset liability/management strategy, the Bank periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to minimize significant unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. At December 31, 2005, the Bank had two outstanding interest rate swap agreements with notional principal amounts totaling $20,000.

As more fully enumerated in Part II, Item 8, and Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, during the first quarter of 2004, the Bank de-designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges and, from the time of de-designation, changes in their fair value and current period net cash flows representing net amounts received from or paid to counter-parties were recorded in the consolidated statement of income and included as part of non-interest income.

In July 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance regarding SFAS No. 133 Implementation Issue No. G25, "Cash Flow Hedges:  Using the First-Payments Received Technique in Hedging the Variable Interest Payments on a Group of Non-Benchmark-Rate-Based Loans", in which the FASB indicated the first-payments-received technique for identifying the hedged forecasted transactions (that is, the hedged interest payments) can be used in a cash flow hedge of the variable prime-rate-based or other variable non-benchmark-rate-based interest payments for a rolling portfolio of pre-payable interest-bearing loans, provided all other conditions for a cash flow hedge have been met. During the third quarter of 2004 the Bank designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges and, prospectively from the time of this designation, changes in their fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, while current period net cash flows representing net amounts received from or paid to counter-parties are recorded as interest income.

For the year ended December 31, 2004, non-interest income on interest rate swap agreements amounted to $404 (non-hedge accounting period), whereas no such non-interest income was recorded in 2005 and 2003 (hedge accounting periods). Of the $404 in non-interest income on interest rate swap agreements recorded during 2004, $375 represented net cash flows received from counter-parties, and $29 represented net unrealized gains.

The Bank’s interest rate swap agreements are discussed in further detail under Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Derivative Instruments .

Other Operating Income: Other operating income represented 5.1% of total 2005 non-interest income, compared with 5.4% and 4.3% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005 total other operating income amounted to $330, compared with $356 and $302 in 2004 and 2003, representing a decline of $26 or 7.3% and an increase of $54 or 17.9%, respectively.

Other operating income is principally derived from bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI"), representing increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies on the lives of certain retired employees who had provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Income from BOLI amounted to $235 in 2005, compared with $222 and $204 in 2004 and 2003, representing 71.2%, 62.4%, and 67.5% of other operating income, respectively.

Non-interest Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2005, total non-interest expense amounted to $19,268, compared with $18,914 and $18,853 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $354 and $61, or 1.9% and 0.3%, respectively.

Factors contributing to the changes in non-interest expense are enumerated in the following discussion and analysis.

Salaries and Employee Benefits: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total salaries and benefit expenses amounted to $9,795, compared with $9,335 and $9,483 in 2004 and 2003, representing an increase of $460 or 4.9% and a decline of $148 or 1.6%, respectively.

Over the past few years the Company has made a number of strategic adjustments to the workforce, the results of which continued to be reflected in the 2005 and 2004 changes in salary and employee benefit expense levels.

The 4.9% increase in 2005 salaries and employee benefits expense was principally attributed to overall increases in the level of employee compensation including incentive compensation, increased health insurance subsidies, as well as the impact and timing of certain staffing changes during 2004 and 2005.

The 1.6% decline in 2004 salaries and employee benefits expense compared with 2003 was attributed, in part, to the timing and impact certain staffing adjustments made in 2003, including employee relocation expenses and employee severance payments, offset in part by normal employee compensation increases during 2004.

Occupancy Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total occupancy expenses amounted to $1,168, compared with $1,170 and $1,058 in 2004 and 2003, representing a decline of $2 or 0.2% and an increase of $112, or 10.6%, respectively.

The increase in 2004 occupancy expenses compared with 2003 was principally attributed both initial and ongoing expenses associated with the Bank’s acquisition of the Rockland branch office, and certain expenses associated with the Company’s 2004 re-branding initiative. The non-recurring nature of most of these expenses helped contain the increase in 2005 occupancy expenses, compared with 2004.

Furniture and Equipment Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total furniture and equipment expenses amounted to $1,664, compared with $1,716 and $1,540 in 2004 and 2003, representing a decline of $52 or 3.0%, and an increase of $176 or 11.4%, respectively.

The decline in 2005 furniture and equipment expenses compared with 2004, reflects certain costs incurred in connection with the Rockland branch acquisition in 2004 that did not recur in 2005, combined with lower depreciation and maintenance costs associated with the Company’s technology infrastructure.

The increase in 2004 furniture and equipment expenses compared with 2003 was principally attributed to certain costs associated with the Rockland branch acquisition and, to a lesser extent, certain costs associated with upgrades to the Company’s technology infrastructure.

Credit Card Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total credit card expenses amounted to $1,397, compared with $1,249 and $1,187 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $148 and $62, or 11.8% and 5.2%, respectively.

Credit card expenses principally relate to the Bank’s merchant credit card processing activities, and to a lesser extent its Visa credit card portfolio. The increases in 2005 and 2004 credit card expenses were principally attributed to increases in merchant credit card transaction processing volumes, which favorably impacted the corresponding 2005 and 2004 non-interest income derived from these activities by $189 and $73, respectively.

Other Operating Expenses: For the year ended December 31, 2005, total other operating expenses amounted to $5,244, compared with $5,444 and $5,585 in 2004 and 2002, representing declines of $200 and $141, or 3.7% and 2.5%, respectively.

The $200 decrease in 2005 other operating expenses compared with 2004 was principally attributed to a $300 decline in marketing related expenses. Included in 2004 other operating expenses were a variety of marketing related costs associated with the Company’s previously announced corporate re-branding and market research initiatives. The Company introduced updated logos and simplified corporate identities, together with a comprehensive marketing program promoting the Company’s new image and certain new banking product packages.

Included in 2005 and 2004 other operating expenses, were the write-down of certain non-marketable venture capital equity investment funds considered other-than-temporarily impaired. These equity investment funds, originating as far back as 1987 and qualifying for Community Reinvestment Act credit, generally represent socially responsible venture capital investments in small businesses throughout Maine and New England. During 2005, the impairment write-downs on these funds amounted to $19 compared with $197 in 2004, representing a decline of $178 thousand.

The $141 decline in 2004 other operating expenses compared with 2003 was principally attributed to a variety of previously reported expenses incurred during 2003, related to organizational restructuring activities in the Company’s financial services division, including certain legal expenses and settlements, and an other-than-temporary impairment write-down of goodwill related to its then existing second-tier brokerage subsidiary.

Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2005 total income taxes amounted to $2,582, compared with $2,123 and $1,892 in 2004 and 2003, representing increases of $459 and $231, or 21.6% and 12.2%, respectively. The percentage increase in 2005 income taxes was larger than the increase in pre-tax earnings principally due to non-taxable income generated from the Bank’s securities and loan portfolios bearing a smaller percentage of income before income taxes compared with 2004.

Effective Income Tax Rate: The Company’s effective income tax rate in 2005 amounted to 28.7%, compared with 27.0% and 26.7% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The income tax provisions for these periods were less than the expense that would result from applying the federal statutory rate of 34% to income before income taxes, principally because of the impact of tax-exempt income on certain investment securities, loans and bank owned life insurance.

Fluctuations in the Company’s effective tax rate can occur based upon the percentage of non-taxable income in relation to income before income taxes, during any given reporting period. The Company’s 2005 effective tax rate was higher than the effective tax rates in 2004 and 2003, principally due to non-taxable income bearing a smaller percentage of income before income taxes.

ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates/prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting the Company. Other types of market risk do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities.

The responsibility for interest rate risk management oversight is the function of the Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO"), chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and composed of various members of senior management. ALCO meets regularly to review balance sheet structure, formulate strategy in light of current and expected economic conditions, adjust product prices as necessary, implement policy, monitor liquidity, and review performance against guidelines established to control exposure to the various types of inherent risk.

Interest Rate Risk: Interest rate risk can be defined as an exposure to movement in interest rates that could have an adverse impact on the Bank's net interest income. Interest rate risk arises from the imbalance in the re-pricing, maturity and/or cash flow characteristics of assets and liabilities. Management's objectives are to measure, monitor and develop strategies in response to the interest rate risk profile inherent in the Bank's balance sheet. The objectives in managing the Bank's balance sheet are to preserve the sensitivity of net interest income to actual or potential changes in interest rates, and to enhance profitability through strategies that promote sufficient reward for understood and controlled risk.

The Bank's interest rate risk measurement and management techniques incorporate the re-pricing and cash flow attributes of balance sheet and off balance sheet instruments as they relate to current and potential changes in interest rates. The level of interest rate risk, measured in terms of the potential future effect on net interest income, is determined through the use of modeling and other techniques under multiple interest rate scenarios. Interest rate risk is evaluated in depth on a quarterly basis and reviewed by the Bank’s ALCO and Board of Directors.

The Bank's Asset Liability Management Policy, approved annually by the Bank’s Board of Directors, establishes interest rate risk limits in terms of variability of net interest income under rising, flat, and decreasing rate scenarios. It is the role of ALCO to evaluate the overall risk profile and to determine actions to maintain and achieve a posture consistent with policy guidelines.

Interest rate risk is monitored through the use of two complementary measures: static gap analysis ("gap") and interest rate sensitivity modeling. While each measurement may have its limitations, taken together they form a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of the Bank’s interest rate risk, the level of risk over time, and the quantification of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

Static Gap Analysis: Interest rate gap analysis provides a static view of the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of the Bank’s on and off-balance sheet positions. Gap is defined as the difference between assets and liabilities re-pricing or maturing within specified periods. An asset-sensitive position, or "positive gap," indicates that there are more rate sensitive assets than rate-sensitive liabilities re-pricing or maturing within a specified time period, which would imply a favorable impact on net interest income during periods of rising interest rates. Conversely, a liability-sensitive position, or "negative gap," generally implies a favorable impact on net interest income during periods of falling interest rates.

The Bank’s static interest rate sensitivity gap is summarized below:

INTEREST RATE RISK
CUMULATIVE STATIC GAP POSITION
December 31, 2005 and 2004

One Day To Six Months

Over Six Months To One Year

Over One Year To Five Years

Over Five Years

December 31, 2005

         $(94,673)

           $ (57,896)

            $ 76,047

        $(10)

December 31, 2004

         $ 12,231

           $ 43,487

            $137,317

        $   6

Change ($)

         $(106,904)

           $(101,383)

            $ (61,270)

        $(16)

The Bank’s December 31, 2005 cumulative interest rate risk sensitivity static gap position indicated that the Bank’s balance sheet was liability sensitive over the twelve-month horizon and was asset sensitive beyond the twelve-month horizon.

Changes in the Bank’s cumulative static gap position from the prior year principally reflect a higher levels of longer term fixed rate earning assets on the balance sheet funded with higher levels of shorter term funding. Given the steadily rising short-term interest rates over the past year with the yield curve headed towards inversion, borrower preference leaned towards locking in fixed interest rates over longer periods of time. Likewise, the shape of the yield curve did not provide depositors with a yield reward for longer maturities on time deposits.

In addition, pursuant to the Bank’s asset and liability management strategy, management chose not to extend the maturities on its wholesale funding base, believing the Federal Reserve is nearing the end of its tightening cycle, and that an inverted yield curve has historically preceded an eventual decline in short-term interest rates. The static gap position at December 31, 2005 indicated that the Bank’s exposure to declining interest rates beyond the one-year horizon was significantly less than that on December 31, 2004.

There are certain limitations inherent in static gap analysis. These limitations include the fact that it is a static measurement and it does not reflect the degrees to which interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities may respond non-proportionally to changes in market interest rates. Although ALCO reviews all data used in the model in detail, assets and liabilities do not always have clear re-pricing dates, and re-pricing may occur earlier or later than assumed in the model.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Modeling: The Bank utilizes an interest rate risk model widely recognized in the financial industry to monitor and measure interest rate risk. The model simulates the behavior of interest income and expense for all balance sheet and off-balance sheet instruments, under different interest rate scenarios, together with a dynamic future balance sheet. Interest rate risk is measured in terms of potential changes in net interest income based upon shifts in the yield curve.

The interest rate risk sensitivity model requires that assets and liabilities be broken down into components as to fixed, variable, and adjustable interest rates, as well as other homogeneous groupings, which are segregated as to maturity and type of instrument. The model includes assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to evolve through time and in different interest rate environments. The model uses contractual re-pricing dates for variable products, contractual maturities for fixed rate products, and product specific assumptions for deposits accounts, such as money market accounts, that are subject to re-pricing based on current market conditions. Re-pricing margins are also determined for adjustable rate assets and incorporated in the model. Investment securities and borrowings with call provisions, are examined on an individual basis in each rate environment to estimate the likelihood of a call. Prepayment assumptions for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities are developed from industry median estimates of prepayment speeds, based upon similar coupon ranges and degree of seasoning. Cash flows and maturities are then determined, and for certain assets, prepayment assumptions are estimated under different interest rate scenarios. Interest income and interest expense are then simulated under several hypothetical interest rate conditions including:

  • A flat interest rate scenario in which current prevailing rates are locked in and the only balance sheet fluctuations that occur are due to cash flows, maturities, new volumes, and re-pricing volumes consistent with this flat rate assumption.
  • A 200 basis point rise or decline in interest rates applied against a parallel shift in the yield curve over a twelve-month period together with a dynamic balance sheet anticipated to be consistent with such interest rate changes.
  • Various non-parallel shifts in the yield curve, including changes in either short-term or long-term rates over a twelve-month horizon, together with a dynamic balance sheet anticipated to be consistent with such interest rate changes.
  • An extension of the foregoing simulations to each of two, three, four and five year horizons to determine the interest rate risk with the level of interest rates stabilizing in years two through five. Even though rates remain stable during this two to five year time period, re-pricing opportunities driven by maturities, cash flow, and adjustable rate products that will continue to change the balance sheet profile for each of the rate conditions.

Changes in net interest income based upon the foregoing simulations are measured against the flat interest rate scenario and actions are taken to maintain the balance sheet interest rate risk within established policy guidelines.

The following table summarizes the Bank's net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2005, over one and two year horizons and under different interest rate scenarios.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK
CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME FROM THE FLAT RATE SCENARIO
DECEMBER 31, 2005

-200 Basis Points Parallel Yield
Curve Shift

+200 Basis Points Parallel Yield
Curve Shift

-200 Basis
Points Short Term Rates

Year 1

Net interest income change ($)

$606

$ (1,094)

$ 971

Net interest income change (%)

2.68%

(4.84%)

4.29%

Year 2

Net interest income change ($)

$226

$ (1,512)

$ 2,269

Net interest income change (%)

1.00%

(6.68%)

10.03%

The foregoing interest rate sensitivity modeling results indicate that the Bank’s balance sheet is liability sensitive and is favorably positioned for declining interest rates over the one and two-year horizons. The interest rate sensitivity model also suggests that the Bank is moderately exposed to a parallel increase in short-term and long-term rates over the one and two-year horizons but, as discussed below, management believes that this is a scenario that is less likely to occur. Management also believes the balance sheet is adequately positioned for a variety of interest rate scenarios and that interest rate risk will not have a material adverse impact on net interest income during the one and two-year horizons contemplated within the interest rate risk simulation model.

At December 31, 2005, the U.S. Treasury yield curve was slightly inverted, with the two and ten-year U.S. Treasury’s closing at 4.41% and 4.39%, respectively. Given this historical phenomenon, interest rate risk sensitivity modeling is more challenging than would traditionally be the case. Traditional modeling of parallel movements in the December 31, 2005 yield curve would suggest that it would remain flat in either an increasing or declining interest rate environment, a scenario management believes is not likely and one that has historically never occurred. These challenges are discussed in the following discussion and analysis covering the Bank’s interest rate risk sensitivity.

Assuming interest rates remain at or near their current levels and the Bank maintains a static balance sheet, the interest rate sensitivity simulation model suggests that net interest income will trend upward over the one and two-year horizons and beyond. The upward trend principally results from the re-investment of security and loan cash flows into higher current interest rate levels, while loans will "index up" in response to recent interest rate movements more quickly than funding costs. Although short-term market interest rates have risen with the recent increases in the Federal Funds rate, the Bank has generally lagged the market with the pricing of deposit rates without a material run-off in balances. Margins could narrow if the Bank is prompted to increase deposit interest rates in response to competitive market pricing pressures. Management anticipates that continued earning asset growth will be needed to meaningfully increase the Bank’s current level of net interest income, should interest rates remain at current levels.

Assuming short-term and long-term interest rates decline from current levels (i.e., a parallel yield curve shift) and the Bank maintains a static balance sheet, management believes net interest income will increase moderately over the one-year horizon and then begin a slow decline over the two year horizon and beyond. The interest rate sensitivity simulation model suggests that, over the twelve-month horizon, funding cost reductions will essentially keep pace with falling asset yields, without impacting margins and net interest income. While the interest rate sensitivity model suggests that net interest income will begin to decline over the twenty-four month horizon and beyond, driven by accelerated cash flows on earning assets and the re-pricing of the Bank’s earning asset base, management believes this is a scenario that is not likely to occur. In this regard, at December 31, 2005 long-term interest rates continued near historical lows, with the 10-year U.S. Treasury note closing the year at 4.39%. Management believes that a 200 basis point decline in long-term interest rates, or a 10-year U.S. Treasury note of 2.39%, would be unprecedented and unlikely to occur. Notwithstanding, management anticipates continued earning asset growth will be needed to meaningfully increase the Bank’s current level of net interest income over the two-year horizon and beyond, should both long-term and short-term interest rates decline.

The interest rate sensitivity model is used to evaluate the impact on net interest income given certain non-parallel shifts in the yield curve, including changes in either short-term or long-term interest rates. In view of the flat U.S. Treasury yield curve at December 31, 2005, management modeled alternative future interest rate scenarios and the anticipated impact on net interest income. Assuming a static balance sheet, with the short-term Fed Funds interest rate declining 200 basis points, and with the balance of the yield curve returning to its historical ten-year average, the interest rate sensitivity model suggests that net interest income will improve moderately over the twelve-month horizon and continue to strengthen over the 24 month horizon. Management believes this scenario is more likely than a parallel 200 basis point decline in short and long-term interest rates, given the current shape of the yield curve. Management also believes this scenario will increase net interest income without significant earning asset growth.

Assuming that the Federal Reserve continues increasing short-term interest rates by 200 basis points and the balance of the yield curve shifts in parallel with these increases, management believes net interest income will come under significant pressure over the one and two-year horizons, but begin a steady recovery beyond the two-year horizon. The interest rate sensitivity simulation model suggests that as interest rates rise, the Bank’s funding costs will re-price more quickly than its earning asset base over the one and two-year horizons, but this trend will reverse itself beyond the two-year horizon. Management believes that strong earning asset growth will be necessary to meaningfully increase the current level of net interest income should short and long-term interest rates rise in parallel. Management believes this is a scenario that is unlikely to occur, given that the yield curve would have to remain flat over the one and two-year horizons, a phenomena that has historically never occurred. Management also believes that the Federal Reserve is nearing the end of its short-term interest rate tightening cycle, which began in June 2004.

The following table summarized the Bank’s net interest income sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2004, over one and two-year horizons, and assuming a parallel shift in the yield curve. The table also summarized net interest income sensitivity under a non-parallel shift in the yield curve, whereby short-term rates rose by 200 basis points.

INTEREST RATE RISK
CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME FROM THE FLAT RATE SCENARIO
DECEMBER 31, 2004

-100 Basis Points
Parallel Yield Curve Shift

+200 Basis Points
Parallel Yield
Curve Shift

+200 Basis Points Short Term Rates

Year 1

Net interest income change ($)

$     88

$     65

$     28

Net interest income change (%)

0.39%

0.29%

0.12%

Year 2

Net interest income change ($)

$    (118)

$1,225

$1,059

Net interest income change (%)

(0.52%)

5.40%

4.67%

During 2005, the Federal Reserve increased short-term interest rates 175 basis points, while longer-term interest rates remained relatively static. As was anticipated by management through use of the interest rate sensitivity model, the Bank’s 2005 net interest income was not significantly impacted. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Bank’s net interest margin amounted to 3.43% compared with 3.45% in 2004.

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels and yield curve shape, prepayment speeds on loans and securities, deposit rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment / replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.

As market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results may also differ due to: prepayment/refinancing levels deviating from those assumed; the impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets; the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans; depositor early withdrawals and product preference changes; and other such variables. The sensitivity analysis also does not reflect additional actions that the Bank’s ALCO and Board of Directors might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates, and the anticipated impact on the Bank’s net interest income.

The Bank engages an independent consultant to periodically review its interest rate risk position and the reasonableness of assumptions used, with periodic reports provided to the Bank’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2005, there were no significant differences between the views of the independent consultant and management regarding the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bar Harbor Bankshares:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bar Harbor Bankshares and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bar Harbor Bankshares and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 6, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Albany, New York
March 6, 2006

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors
Bar Harbor Bankshares

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows of Bar Harbor Bankshares and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, consolidated results of operations and consolidated cash flows of Bar Harbor Bankshares and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accounting principles.

/s/ BERRY, DUNN, MCNEIL & PARKER

Portland, Maine
February 19, 2004

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2005, AND 2004
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

Assets

     Cash and due from banks

       $ 10,994

       $ 8,924

     Overnight interest bearing money market funds

            3,006

             647

     Total cash and cash equivalents

          14,000

          9,571

     Securities available for sale, at fair value

        183,300

      176,337

     Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

          11,324

        10,500

     Loans

        514,866

      448,478

     Allowance for loan losses

           (4,647)

         (4,829)

     Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

        510,219

      443,649

     Premises and equipment, net

          11,785

        11,935

     Goodwill

            3,158

          3,158

     Bank owned life insurance

            5,945

          5,710

     Other assets

            8,214

          5,951

TOTAL ASSETS

      $747,945

    $666,811

Liabilities

     Deposits

          Demand deposits

       $ 55,451

     $ 54,579

          NOW accounts

          66,965

        63,535

          Savings and money market deposits

        133,113

      139,179

          Time deposits

        129,816

      117,279

          Brokered time deposits

          60,386

        23,700

                Total deposits

        445,731

      398,272

      Short-term borrowings

        131,338

        89,851

      Long-term debt

        108,358

      117,072

      Other liabilities

           6,414

          5,574

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        691,841

       610,769

Shareholders' equity

     Capital stock, par value $2.00; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
          issued 3,643,614 shares at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

           7,287

          7,287

     Surplus

           4,002

          4,002

      Retained earnings

          55,181

        51,733

      Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

           Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on securities available for
                 sale and derivative instruments, net of taxes of ($895) and $576
                 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively

           (1,738)

          1,118

     Less: cost of 583,655 shares and 563,965 shares of treasury
          stock at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively

           (8,628)

         (8,098)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

          56,104

         56,042

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       $747,945

      $666,811

                        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2005

2004

2003

Interest and dividend income:

     Interest and fees on loans

     $29,553

        $24,067

    $23,421

     Interest and dividends on securities

         7,642

            7,855

        7,072

Total interest and dividend income

       37,195

          31,922

      30,493

Interest expense:

     Deposits

         6,941

            4,409

       4,336

     Short-term borrowings

         2,648

            1,026

          549

     Long-term debt

         5,747

            6,110

       6,190

Total interest expense

       15,336

          11,545

     11,075

Net interest income

      21,859

          20,377

     19,418

     Provision for loan losses

            ---

               180

          540

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

      21,859

          20,197

     18,878

Non-interest income:

     Trust and other financial services

       1,992

           1,929

       2,192

     Service charges on deposit accounts

       1,390

           1,463

       1,509

     Other service charges, commissions and fees

          247

              236

          200

     Credit card service charges and fees

       1,876

           1,687

       1,614

     Net securities gains

          580

              497

       1,257

     Net income on interest rate swap agreements

            ---

              404

            ---

     Other operating income

          330

              356

          302

Total non-interest income

       6,415

           6,572

       7,074

Non-interest expenses:

     Salaries and employee benefits

       9,795

           9,335

       9,483

     Occupancy expense

       1,168

           1,170

       1,058

     Furniture and equipment expense

       1,664

           1,716

       1,540

     Credit card expenses

       1,397

           1,249

       1,187

     Other operating expense

       5,244

           5,444

       5,585

Total non-interest expenses

     19,268

         18,914

     18,853

Income before income taxes

       9,006

           7,855

       7,099

Income taxes

       2,582

           2,123

       1,892

Net income

    $ 6,424

        $ 5,732

    $ 5,207

Computation of Earnings Per Share:

Weighted average number of capital stock shares outstanding

     Basic

3,076,498

3,098,959

3,124,230

     Effect of dilutive employee stock options

         90,300

          110,047

       78,974

     Diluted

    3,166,798

3,209,006

3,203,204

     Basic earnings per share

$ 2.09

$ 1.85

$ 1.67

     Diluted earnings per share

$ 2.03

$ 1.79

$ 1.63

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Capital
Stock

Surplus

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Treasury
Stock

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

Balance December 31, 2002

   $7,287

    $4,002

    $45,994

       $2,347

    $(5,794)

     $53,836

Net income

         ---

           ---

        5,207

              ---

            ---

         5,207

Total other comprehensive loss

         ---            ---

             ---

        (1,833)

            ---

        (1,833)

Cash dividends declared ($0.76 per share)

         ---            ---

       (2,386)

              ---

            ---

        (2,386)

Purchase of treasury stock (87,535 shares)

         ---            ---

             ---

              ---

      (1,888)

        (1,888)

Stock options exercised (11,255 shares)

         ---            ---

            (69)

              ---

          248

            179

Balance December 31, 2003

  $7,287

    $4,002

    $48,746

       $   514

    $(7,434)

     $53,115

Balance December 31, 2003

  $7,287

    $4,002

    $48,746

       $   514

    $(7,434)

      $53,115

Net income

         ---

           ---

        5,732

              ---

            ---

          5,732

Total other comprehensive income

         ---

           ---

             ---

            604

            ---

             604

Cash dividends declared ($0.80 per share)

         ---

           ---

       (2,478)

              ---

            ---

         (2,478)

Purchase of treasury stock (50,645 shares)

         ---

           ---

             ---

              ---

      (1,369)

         (1,369)

Stock options exercised (26,683 shares)

         ---

           ---

          (267)

              ---

          705

             438

Balance December 31, 2004

  $7,287

    $4,002

    $51,733

       $1,118

    $(8,098)

      $56,042

Balance December 31, 2004

  $7,287

    $4,002

    $51,733

       $1,118

    $(8,098)

      $56,042

Net income

         ---

           ---

        6,424

              ---

            ---

          6,424

Total other comprehensive loss

         ---

           ---

             ---

        (2,856)

            ---

         (2,856)

Cash dividends declared ($0.84 per share)

         ---

           ---

      (2,584)

              ---

            ---

         (2,584)

Purchase of treasury stock (53,622 shares)

         ---

           ---

            ---

              ---

      (1,473)

         (1,473)

Stock options exercised (34,122 shares)

         ---

           ---

         (392)

              ---

          943

             551

Balance December 31, 2005

  $7,287

    $4,002

   $55,181

       $(1,738)

    $(8,628)

      $56,104

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
(Dollars in thousands)

2005

2004

2003

Net income

    $6,424

    $5,732

    $5,207

     Unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on securities available for sale,
          net of reclassification adjustment, net of tax of ($1,291), $425, and ($881),
          respectively

    (2,506)

         824

    (1,710)

     Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivatives,
          net of tax of $183, $106, and $63, respectively

       (355)

        (205)

       (123)

     Amortization (accretion) of net deferred (loss) gain related to interest rate derivatives,
          net of tax of $3, ($7), and $0, respectively

            5

          (15)

          ---

          Total other comprehensive (loss) income

    (2,856)

         604

     (1,833)

Total comprehensive income

    $3,568

    $6,336

    $3,374

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
(Dollars in thousands)

2005

2004

2003

Cash flows from operating activities:

    Net income

    $ 6,424

    $ 5,732

  $ 5,207

    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

       1,394

       1,716

     1,107

        Amortization of core deposit intangible

            67

            56

         ---

        Provision for loan losses

            ---

          180

        540

        Net realized gains on sales of securities available for sale

         (580)

         (481)

    (1,257)

        Net realized gain on sale of securities held to maturity

            ---

           (16)

          ---

        Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements

            ---

           (29)

          ---

        Net amortization of bond premiums

          859

       1,105

        296

        Venture capital fund investment impairment loss

            19

          197

          ---

         Income on bank owned life insurance

        (235)

         (222)

       (204)

    Net change in other assets

     (1,408)

          164

     3,359

    Net change in other liabilities

         840

          454

    (2,346)

    Net cash provided by operating activities

      7,380

       8,856

     6,702

Cash flows from investing activities:

     Net cash received from branch acquisition

          ---

       4,528

         ---

     Purchases of securities held to maturity

          ---

     (1,906)

    (2,857)

     Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of securities held to maturity

          ---

      1,489

        851

     Purchases of securities available for sale

   (60,146)

(114,639)

(118,883)

     Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of securities available for sale

    36,709

    54,668

    74,905

     Proceeds from sale of securities held to maturity

           ---

         491

           ---

     Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

    12,398

    42,588

    46,337

     Net increase in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

        (824)

     (1,531)

     (1,041)

     Net loans made to customers

   (66,570)

   (53,356)

   (32,110)

     Capital expenditures

     (1,244)

     (1,261)

     (1,204)

     Net cash used in investing activities

   (79,677)

   (68,929)

   (34,002)

Cash flows from financing activities:

     Net increase in deposits

    47,459

    38,092

    17,065

     Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements
          and fed funds purchased

      1,361

       (848)

      1,982

     Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    44,300

   35,100

    50,700

     Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   (12,888)

  (13,760)

   (36,752)

     Purchases of treasury stock

     (1,473)

    (1,369)

     (1,888)

     Proceeds from stock option exercises

         551

        438

         179

     Payments of dividends

     (2,584)

    (2,478)

     (2,386)

     Net cash provided by financing activities

    76,726

   55,175

    28,900

Net increase(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      4,429

    (4,898)

      1,600

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

      9,571

   14,469

    12,869

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$ 14,000

  $ 9,571

  $14,469

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     Cash paid during the period for:

          Interest

  $14,840

$ 11,575

  $11,075

          Income taxes, net of refunds

      2,940

        885

      2,067

     Non-cash transactions:

          Transfer investment securities from held to maturity to available for sale

$       ---

$ 34,296

  $       ---

          Unrealized appreciation on securities transferred from held to maturity to available for
             sale, net of tax of $613 at December 31, 2004

          ---

     1,804

           ---

          Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on securities available for sale, net of
             reclassification adjustment, net of tax of ($1,291), $425, and ($881), respectively

    (2,506)

        824

     (1,710)

         Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivatives, net of tax of $183, $106, and
                 $63, respectively

       (355)

       (205)

        (123)

         Amortization (accretion) of net deferred loss (gain) related to interest rate derivatives,
                net of tax of $3, ($7) and $0, respectively

            5

         (15)

           ---

     Acquired in branch purchase:

     Carrying value of loans

   $      ---

  $12,343

   $      ---

     Carrying value of premises and equipment

           ---

         980

           ---

     Carrying value of core deposit intangible

           ---

         391

           ---

     Carrying value of deposits

           ---

   (21,100)

           ---

     Excess of fair value of assets over liabilities (goodwill)

           ---

      2,858

           ---

     Net cash received from branch acquisition

   $      ---

  $ (4,528)

   $      ---

            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
(All dollar amounts expressed in thousands, except per share data)

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Company") and its wholly owned operating subsidiary, Bar Harbor Bank & Trust (the "Bank"), conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the banking industry.

The Company’s principal business activity is retail and commercial banking and, to a lesser extent, financial services including trust, financial planning, investment management and third-party brokerage services. The Company’s business is conducted through the Company’s twelve banking offices located throughout Downeast and Mid Coast Maine.

The Company is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Company is also a Maine Financial Institution Holding Company for the purposes of the laws of the State of Maine, and as such is subject to the jurisdiction of the Superintendent of the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions. The Bank is subject to the supervision, regulation, and examination of the FDIC and the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions.

Financial Statement Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bar Harbor Bankshares and its wholly owned subsidiary, Bar Harbor Bank & Trust. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Whenever necessary, amounts in the prior years financial statements are reclassified to conform to current presentation. Assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Company and, accordingly, are not included in the consolidated balance sheets.

In preparing financial statements in conformity with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, reviews of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment, accounting for post-retirement plans, and income taxes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and other short-term investments with maturities less than 90 days.

The Bank is required to maintain an average reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank or maintain such reserve balance in the form of cash on hand. The required reserve balance at December 31, 2005 was $335, and was met by holding cash on hand.

In the normal course of business, the Bank has funds on deposit at other financial institutions in amounts in excess of the $100 that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Investment Securities: Investments in debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held-to-maturity" ("HTM") and reflected at amortized cost. Investments not classified as "held to maturity" are classified as "available-for-sale" ("AFS"). All securities held at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were classified as AFS. Securities available-for-sale consist of debt securities that are available-for-sale in order to respond to: changes in market interest rates and related changes in the security’s prepayment risk; needs for adequate liquidity; changes in funding sources and terms; and changes in the availability of and yield on alternative investments. These securities are specifically identified and are carried at market value. Changes in market value of available-for-sale securities, net of applicable income taxes, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss). The Bank does not have a securities trading portfolio.

When a decline in market value of a security is considered other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to market value as the new cost basis and the loss is charged to net securities gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income.

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted over the term of the securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recognized at the trade date using the specific-identification method and are shown separately in the consolidated statement of income.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock : As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston ("FHLB"), the Bank is required to hold stock in the FHLB. FHLB stock is carried at cost since there is no readily available market value. The stock cannot be sold, but can be redeemed by the FHLB at cost.

Loans: Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding adjusted by partial charge-offs and net deferred loan origination costs or fees.

Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount of loans outstanding. Residential real estate loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when reaching 120 days past due, or in process of foreclosure, or sooner if judged appropriate by management. All consumer loans are generally placed on non-accrual when reaching 90 days or more past due, or sooner if judged appropriate by management, and any equity line in the process of foreclosure is generally placed on non-accrual status, or sooner if judged appropriate by management. Secured consumer loans are written down to realizable value and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off upon reaching 120 days past due. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans that are 90 days or more past due are generally placed on non-accrual status, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash, and the loan is in the process of collection. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans may be placed on non-accrual status prior to the 90 days delinquency date if considered appropriate by management. When a loan has been placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. A loan can be returned to accrual status when collectibility of principal is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a period of time, generally six months.

Commercial real estate and commercial business loans are considered impaired when it becomes probable the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value.

Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield, using the level yield method over the estimated lives of the related loans.

Allowance For Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is a significant accounting estimate used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The allowance for loan losses ("allowance") is available to absorb losses on loans. The allowance is maintained at a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate for the amount of risk inherent in the loan portfolio, given past and present conditions. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and by recoveries on loans previously charged off.

Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance and provisioning for estimated losses is evaluated regularly based on review of loans, with particular emphasis on non-performing and other loans that management believes warrant special consideration. The ongoing evaluation process includes a formal analysis, which considers among other factors: the character and size of the loan portfolio, business and economic conditions, real estate market conditions, collateral values, changes in product offerings or loan terms, changes in underwriting and/or collection policies, loan growth, previous charge-off experience, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, the performance of individual loans in relation to contract terms, and estimated fair values of collateral.

Reserves are established for specific loans including impaired loans, a pool of reserves based on historical charge-offs by loan types, and supplemental reserves that adjust historical loss experience to reflect current economic conditions, industry specific risks, and other observable data.

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of the borrowers may necessitate future additions or reductions to the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance, which also may necessitate future additions or reductions to the allowance, based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment and related improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of related assets; generally 25 to 40 years for premises and 3 to 7 years for furniture and equipment.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets: In connection with acquisitions, the Company generally records as assets on its consolidated financial statements both goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, such as core deposit intangibles.

The Company evaluates whether the carrying value of its goodwill has become impaired, in which case the value is reduced through a charge to its earnings. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or upon a triggering event as defined by SFAS No. 142, using certain fair value techniques.

Identifiable intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method, which approximates the amount of economic benefits to Company. These assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Furthermore, the determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as is the determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets.

Any changes in the estimates used by the Company to determine the carrying value of its goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or which otherwise adversely affect their value or estimated lives, would adversely affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance: Bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI") represents life insurance on the lives of certain retired employees who had provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received in excess of the cash value, are recorded in other non-interest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value is included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carrier prior to the purchase of BOLI and annually thereafter.

Mortgage Servicing Rights : Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets when acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to unamortized cost. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying value of the rights.

Other Real Estate Owned : Real estate acquired in satisfaction of a loan is reported in other assets. Properties acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure are transferred to other real estate owned and recorded at the lower of cost or fair market value less estimated costs to sell based on appraised value at the date actually or constructively received. Loan losses arising from the acquisition of such property are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent reductions in market value below the carrying value are charged to other operating expenses.

Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company recognizes all derivative instruments on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. On the date the derivative instrument is entered into, the Company designates whether the derivative is part of a hedging relationship (i.e., cash flow or fair value hedge). The Company formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions. The Company also assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair values of hedged items.

Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that are highly effective, and qualify as a cash flow hedge, are recorded in other comprehensive income or loss. For fair value hedges that are highly effective, the gain or loss on the hedge and the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are both recognized in earnings, with the differences (if any) representing hedge ineffectiveness. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes of the hedged risk on the hedged item, or management determines that the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.

Stock Based Compensation: On October 3, 2000, the shareholders of the Company approved the Bar Harbor Bankshares and its Subsidiaries Incentive Stock Option Plan of 2000 for officers and employees, which is described more fully in Note 13 of these consolidated financial statements.

SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" encourages all entities to adopt a fair value based method of accounting for employee stock compensation plans, whereby compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," whereby compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the underlying stock at the grant date (or other measurement date) over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock upon exercise of the stock option.

The Company has elected to continue with the accounting methodology in Opinion No. 25 through December 31, 2005 and, as a result, must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied. The pro forma disclosures include the effects of all awards granted. Had the Company determined cost based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options and had the Company recorded an expense related to the employee stock option plan under SFAS No. 123, its net income and earnings per share data would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

Earnings Per Share

Year Ended December 31, 2005:

Net Income

Basic

Diluted

As reported

        $6,424

       $2.09

$2.03

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
     determined under fair value based method for all awards,
     net of related tax effect.

             113

         0.04

0.04

Pro forma

        $6,311

       $2.05

$1.99

Earnings Per Share

Year Ended December 31, 2004:

Net Income

Basic

Diluted

As reported

        $5,732

$1.85

$1.79

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
     determined under fair value based method for all awards,
     net of related tax effect.

             105

0.03

0.03

Pro forma

        $5,627

$1.82

$1.76

Earnings Per Share

Year Ended December 31, 2003:

Net Income

Basic

Diluted

As reported

        $5,207

$1.67

$1.63

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense
     determined under fair value based method for all awards,
     net of related tax effect.

              95

0.03

0.03

Pro forma

       $5,112

$1.64

$1.60

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the total anti-dilutive stock options amounted to 22, 13, and 6 thousand shares, respectively

401(k) Plan: The Company maintains a Section 401(k) savings plan for substantially all of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of any quarter following their date of hire. Under the plan, the Company makes a matching contribution of a portion of the amount contributed by each participating employee, up to a percentage of the employee’s annual salary. The plan allows for supplementary profit sharing contributions by the Company, at its discretion, for the benefit of participating employees.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements: The Company has non-qualified supplemental executive retirement agreements with certain retired officers. The agreements provide supplemental retirement benefits payable in installments over a period of years upon retirement or death. The Company recognized the net present value of payments associated with the agreements over the service periods of the participating officers. Interest costs continue to be recognized on the benefit obligations.

The Company also has supplemental executive retirement agreements with certain current executive officers. These agreements provide a stream of future payments in accordance with individually defined vesting schedules upon retirement, termination, or in the event that the participating executive leaves the Company following a change of control event. The Company recognizes the net present value of payments associated with these agreements over the service periods of the participating executive officers.

Post Retirement Benefit Program: The Company sponsors a limited post-retirement benefit program, which funds medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of active and retired employees who meet minimum age and service requirements. It is the Company’s policy to record the cost of post-retirement health care and life insurance plans based on actuarial estimates, which are dependent on claims and premiums paid. The cost of providing these benefits is accrued during the active service period of the employee.

Income Taxes: The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information indicates that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Earnings Per Share: Earnings per share have been computed in accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company, such as the Company’s dilutive stock options.

Segment Reporting: An operating segment is defined as a component of a business for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. The Company has determined that its operations are solely in the community banking industry and include traditional community banking services, including lending activities, acceptance of demand, savings and time deposits, business services, investment management, trust and third-party brokerage services. These products and services have similar distribution methods, types of customers and regulatory responsibilities. Accordingly, disaggregated segment information is not presented in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2: Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The following information addresses recent accounting pronouncements that could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share, or cash flows.

Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments: On November 3, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB") issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments" (the "FSP"), which addresses the determination of when an investment is considered impaired; whether the impairment is other than temporary; and how to measure an impairment loss. The FSP also addresses accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment loss on a debt security, and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The FSP replaces the impairment guidance in EITF Issue No. 03-1 with references to existing authoritative literature concerning other-than-temporary determinations (principally Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 59). Under the FSP, impairment losses must be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s cost and its fair value at the financial statement date, without considering partial recoveries subsequent to that date. The FSP also requires that an investor recognize an other-than-temporary impairment loss when a decision to sell a security has been made and the investor does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover prior to the expected time of sale. The FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not expect that the application of the FSP will have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

Accounting For Share-Based Payments: In December 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R") which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, including employee stock purchase plans. Current disclosure provisions under SFAS No. 123 continue to apply prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123R. In addition to stock option awards granted after the effective date, compensation expense on unvested equity-based awards that were granted prior to the effective date must be recognized in the consolidated income statement after the effective date.

SFAS No. 123R is effective in the first fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005 (January 1, 2006 for the Company). The adoption of SFAS No. 123R is expected to decrease earnings per share by approximately $0.03 in 2006, based upon the current level of unvested options. SFAS No. 123R is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition or cash flows.

Note 3: Securities Available-For-Sale

A summary of the amortized cost and market values of securities available for sale follows:

 

December 31, 2005

Available for Sale:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

    $ 23,720

    $     12

    $   235

    $ 23,497

Mortgage-backed securities:

     Obligations of U. S. Government agencies

       11,134

         127

           48

       11,213

     Obligations of Government-sponsored enterprises

       90,872

           65

      2,190

       88,747

     Other

       22,362

             4

         424

       21,942

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

       37,068

      1,016

         183

       37,901

   $185,156

    $1,224

    $3,080

   $183,300

 

December 31, 2004

Available- for Sale:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

Obligations to U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises

    $   6,395

    $       2

       $ 49

   $    6,348

Mortgage-backed securities:

     U.S. Government agencies and sponsored enterprises

      116,097

         651

        258

     116,490

     Other

        16,608

           41

        245

       16,404

Obligations of states of the U.S. and political
     subdivisions thereof

        34,296

      1,806

            2

       36,100

Other bonds

          1,000

           ---

            5

            995

Total securities available for sale

    $174,396

    $2,500

      $559

   $176,337

Impairment: The following tables summarize the fair value of investments with continuous unrealized losses for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. All securities referenced are debt securities. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company did not hold any common stock or other equity securities in its investment securities portfolio.

2005

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Description of Securities:

Obligations of U.S. Government-sponsored
      enterprises

$ 13,287

         24

   $   132

$ 4,203

        24

    $   103

$ 17,490

         48

   $  235

Mortgage-backed securities:

     Obligations of U.S. Government agencies

     3,413

         12

          26

1,699

          8

           22

5,112

         20

         48

     Obligations of Government-sponsored
          enterprises

   66,558

       126

     1,493

20,472

        40

         697

87,030

       166

     2,190

     Other

   16,673

         30

        253

4,813

        11

         171

21,486

         41

        424

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

     8,339

         32

        176

343

          1

             7

8,682

         33

        183

Total temporarily impaired securities

$108,270

       224

   $2,080

$31,530

        84

    $1,000

$139,800

       308

   $3,080

 

2004

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Number of Investments

Unrealized
Losses

Description of Securities:

Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored
     enterprises

   $ 3,585

         7

     $ 29

  $    983

        2

     $ 20

   $ 4,568

         9

      $ 49

Mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. Government Agencies and
     sponsored enterprises

    31,665

       50

      121

   11,747

      24

      137

    43,412

       74

       258

    Other mortgage-backed securities

      8,973

       24

      138

     3,041

        5

        87

    12,014

       29

       225

Obligations of state and political
     subdivisions thereof

         546

         2

          2

         ---

        0

       ---

         546

         2

           2

Other – debt securities

          995

         1

          5

         ---

        0

       ---

         995

         1

           5

     Total temporarily impaired securities

  $45,764

       84

    $295

  $15,771

      31

   $244

  $61,535

     115

     $539

In evaluating whether impairments are other-than-temporary, the Company considers a variety of factors including the nature of the investment, the cause of the impairment, and the severity and duration of the impairment. Other data considered by management includes, for example, sector credit ratings, volatility of the security’s market price, and or any other information considered relevant.

For securities with unrealized losses, the following information was considered in determining that the impairments are not other-than-temporary. U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and therefore bear no credit risk. U.S. Government sponsored enterprises have minimal credit risk as they play a vital role in the nation’s financial markets. Other bonds and notes are generally comprised of corporate mortgage-backed securities and all investments maintain a credit rating of at least "A1" by one of the nationally recognized rating agencies. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are either issued by federal government agencies and sponsored enterprises, or by private issuers, all with security credit ratings of "AAA."

The unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were attributed to interest rates increases, and reflected the volatile movements in the U.S. Treasury curve over the past few years. Specifically, certain debt securities were purchased in an interest rate environment lower than where the U.S. Treasury yield curve stood on December 31, 2005 and 2004. Because the decline in market value was attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Bank has the ability and intent to hold these investment securities until a recovery of their amortized cost, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider these investment securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Maturity Distribution: At December 31, 2005, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

December 31, 2005

Amortized
Cost

Estimated
Fair Value

Securities Available for Sale

Due in one year or less

       $        577

        $       578

Due after one year though five years

            11,245

            11,114

Due after five years through ten years

            49,363

             48,128

Due after ten years

          123,971

           123,480

Totals

        $185,156

         $183,300

Realized Gains and Losses:

The following table summarizes realized gains and losses on securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

Realized

Gains

Losses

Net

2005

$    590

$10

$ 580

2004

$    495

$14

$ 481

2003

$1,285

$28

$1,257

In addition, in 2004 the Company recorded a $16 gain on the sale of a held to maturity security.

Note 4: Loans

The Company’s lending activities are principally conducted in downeast and midcoast, Maine. The following table summarizes the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

2005

2004

Residential real estate mortgages

          $236,712

            $222,110

Commercial real estate mortgages

            135,269

              104,446

Commercial and industrial

              58,542

                43,967

Agricultural and other loans to farmers

              18,962

                15,077

Consumer

              12,565

                13,534

Home equity

              49,221

                47,189

Tax exempt

                2,732

                  1,950

     Total loans

            514,003

              448,273

Deferred origination costs, net

          $        863

            $        205

Allowance for loan losses

               (4,647)

                 (4,829)

     Total loans net of allowance for loan losses

          $510,219

            $443,649

Non-performing Loans: The following table sets forth information regarding non-accruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more overdue at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

2005

2004

2003

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

     Real estate loans:

          Construction and development

       $  ---

       $  ---

        $  114

          Mortgage

         267

         453

          1,113

     Loans to finance agricultural production
          and other loans to farmers

           ---

           13

               22

     Commercial and industrial loans

         593

           80

                 9

     Loans to individuals for household,
          family and other personal expenditures

            5

           26

               37

              Total non-accrual loans

        865

         572

          1,295

Accruing loans contractually past due 90
     days or more

            3

         151

             199

    Total non-performing loans

      $868

       $723

        $1,494

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the total interest not recorded on non-accrual loans amounted to $11, $16 and $80, respectively.

Loan Concentrations: Because of the Company’s proximity to Acadia National Park, a large part of the economic activity in the area is generated from the hospitality business associated with tourism. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, loans to the lodging industry amounted to approximately $29,857 and $30,535, respectively.

Loans to Related Parties: In the ordinary course of business, the Company has made loans at prevailing rates and terms to directors, officers and other related parties. In management’s opinion, such loans do not present more than the normal risk of collectibility or incorporate other unfavorable features, and were made under terms that are consistent with the Company’s normal lending policies.

Loans to related parties at December 31 are summarized below. Balances have been adjusted to reflect changes in status of directors and officers for each year presented.

2005

2004

Beginning balance

         $12,505

        $ 5,677

Changes in composition

           (3,432)

           1,016

New loans

            1,088

           5,995

Less: repayments

              (987)

            (183)

Ending balance

         $ 9,174

       $12,505

 

As of December 31, 2005, and 2004, there were no non-performing loans to related parties.

Mortgage Loan Servicing : The Bank from time to time will sell mortgage loans to other institutions, and investors. The sale of loans allows the Bank to make more funds available to customers in its servicing area, while the retention of servicing rights provides an additional source of income. At December 31, 2005, the unpaid balance of mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $7,907 compared with $9,935 at December 31, 2004.

Note 5: Allowance For Loan Losses

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses for each of the three years ended December 31 follows:

2005

2004

2003

Balance, beginning of year

      $4,829

      $5,278

      $4,975

Provision for loan losses

            ---

           180

           540

Loans charged off

         (238)

          (851)

          (427)

Less: recoveries on loans previously charged off

            56

           222

           190

Net loans charged off

         (182)

          (629)

          (237)

Balance, end of year

     $4,647

      $4,829

      $5,278

Impaired Loans: Impaired loans are commercial and commercial real estate loans, for which the Company believes it is probable that it will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Allowances for losses on impaired loans are determined by the difference between the present value of the expected cash flows related to the loan, using the original contractual interest rate, and its recorded value, or in the case of secured loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the recorded amount of the loans. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell.

The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent.

Information pertaining to impaired loans at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 follows:

2005

2004

2003

Investment in impaired loans

$593

$93

$596

Portion of impaired loan balance for which
     an allowance for loan losses is allocated

$593

$93

$596

Portion of allowance for loan losses allocated
     to the impaired loan balance

$238

$14

$190

Interest not recorded on impaired loans at year end

$ 10

$ 3

$ 23

During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the total average balance of impaired loans amounted to approximately $385, $300 and $1,429, respectively.

Note 6: Premises and Equipment

The detail of premises and equipment as of December 31 follows:

2005

2004

Land

       $ 1,944

        $   1,774

Buildings and improvements

        12,986

          12,838

Furniture and equipment

          8,585

            7,924

Less: accumulated depreciation

       (11,730)

         (10,601)

Total

      $11,785

        $11,935

 

Note 7: Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill: A summary of goodwill capitalized on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet follows.

 

January 1,
2004

Goodwill
Acquired

December 31,
2004

Total

$  300

$2,858

$3,158

January 1,
2005

Goodwill
Acquired

December 31,
2005

Total

$3,158

$    ---

$3,158

During the first quarter of 2004, the Company acquired $2,858 in goodwill in connection with the Bank’s acquisition of a branch office in Rockland, Maine.

Core Deposit Intangible Asset: The Company has a finite-lived intangible asset capitalized on its consolidated balance sheet in the form of a core deposit intangible asset related to the Bank’s acquisition of a branch office in Rockland, Maine. The core deposit intangible asset is being amortized over an estimated useful life of six years, and is included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

A summary of the core deposit intangible asset as of December 31 follows:

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

Core deposit intangibles:

     Gross carrying amount

            $391

            $391

     Less: accumulated amortization

              123

               56

          Net carrying amount

            $268

           $335

Amortization expense on core deposit intangible assets is expected to total $67 each year for years 2006 through 2009.

Note 8: Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the current and deferred components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31:

2005

2004

2003

Current

     Federal

          $2,271

        $1,695

         $1,666

     State

               129

             111

              102

            2,400

          1,806

           1,768

Deferred

               182

             317

              124

          $2,582

        $2,123

         $1,892

The following table reconciles the expected federal income tax expense (computed by applying the federal statutory tax rate to income before taxes) to recorded income tax expense, for the years ended December 31:

2005

2004

2003

Computed tax expense

     $3,062

      $2,671

      $2,414

Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from

     Officers' life insurance

           (75)

           (74)

            (70)

     Tax exempt interest

         (497)

          (518)

          (500)

     State taxes, net of federal benefit

           84

             82

             91

Other, net

             8

            (38)

            (43)

Recorded income tax expense

    $2,582

      $2,123

      $1,892

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2005 and 2004 are summarized below. The net deferred tax asset is included in other assets.

2005

2004

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

Allowance for loan losses

      $1,580

     $     ---

      $1,515

     $     ---

Supplemental executive retirement plans

           843

            ---

           832

            ---

Postretirement benefit obligations

           529

            ---

           522

            ---

Unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale

           631

            ---

             ---

           653

Unrealized loss on derivatives

           265

            ---

             77

             ---

Depreciation

            ---

          427

             ---

           522

Other

          224

          936

           240

           592

     $4,072

     $1,363

      $3,186

      $1,767

The Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for its net deferred tax asset since it is more likely than not that this asset is realizable principally through the ability to carry-back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and future taxable income.

Note 9: Deposits

The aggregate amount of short-term jumbo certificates of deposit, each with a minimum denomination of $100 was $25,151 and $19,405 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2005, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

2006

       $  90,163

2007

           22,566

2008

           12,176

2009

             3,312

2010

             1,371

2011 and thereafter

                228

Total time deposits

       $129,816

Note 10: Short-term Borrowings

The Company’s short-term borrowings consist of borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The following table summarizes short-term borrowings at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

2005

2004

Total
Principal

Weighted
Average
Rate

Total
Principal

Weighted
Average
Rate

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

      $114,900

4.37%

      $74,774

2.80%

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

          16,438

2.30%

        15,077

1.14%

Total short-term borrowings

      $131,338

      $89,851

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase: Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for 2005, 2004, and 2003 is summarized as follows:

2005

2004

2003

Average daily balance during the year

$14,588

$13,427

$13,086

Average interest rate during the year

1.86%

1.12%

1.32%

Maximum month-end balance during the year

$17,705

$17,745

$17,083

Amount outstanding at end of year

$16,438

$15,077

$15,925

Securities collateralizing repurchase agreements, which are held in safekeeping by nonaffiliated financial institutions and under the Bank's control, were as follows at December 31:

2005

2004

2003

Carrying value

$20,987

$22,317

$20,069

Estimated fair value

$20,987

$22,317

$20,256

Note 11: Long-term Debt

A summary of long-term debt, all of which represent advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, is as follows:

December 31, 2005

Maturity

Total
Principal

Weighted Average Rate

Range of
Interest Rates

2007

$ 19,170

4.20%

2.44% to 5.01%

2008

28,900

4.06%

2.78% to 5.68%

2009

14,330

4.13%

2.69% to 5.30%

2010

13,000

5.42%

4.80% to 5.95%

2011

30,227

4.70%

3.86% to 5.09%

2012 and thereafter

2,731

4.87%

4.71% to 5.07%

Total long-term debt

$108,358

 

December 31, 2004

Total

Weighted Average

Range of

Maturity

Principal

Rate

Interest Rates

2006

     $      6,400

4.80%

3.57% to 5.66%

2007

           19,987

4.19%

2.44% to 5.01%

2008

           28,900

4.06%

2.78% to 5.68%

2009

           15,002

4.14%

2.69% to 5.30%

2010

           13,000

5.42%

4.80% to 5.95%

2011 and thereafter

           33,783

4.70%

3.86% to 5.09%

Total long-term debt

   $117,072

All FHLB advances are fixed-rate instruments. Advances are payable at their call dates or final maturity. Advances are stated at their contractual final maturity dates. At December 31, 2005, the Bank had   $50 million in callable advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.80% and maturity dates as follows: 2007, $3,500; 2008, $5,000; 2009, $4,000; 2010, $12,000; 2011, $25,500; 2012 and thereafter, $0.

Pursuant to an agreement with the FHLB, advances are collateralized by stock in the FHLB and a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one to four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities, and other qualified assets.

Note 12: Shareholders’ Equity

Dividend Limitations: Dividends paid by the Bank are the primary source of funds available to the Company for payment of dividends to its shareholders. The Bank is subject to certain requirements imposed by federal banking laws and regulations. These requirements, among other things, establish minimum levels of capital and restrict the amount of dividends that may be distributed by the Bank to the Company. At December 31, 2005, the Bank had $8,354 available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval.

Regulatory Capital Requirements: The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory frameworks for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets and average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2005, that the Company and Bank exceed all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of December 31, 2005, the most recent notification from the federal regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The following table sets forth the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2005, under the rules applicable at that date.

  Consolidated

 

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

To be well
Capitalized under
Prompt corrective
Action provisions

Actual
Amount

Ratio

Actual
Amount

Ratio

Actual
Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2005

Total Capital

(To Risk-Weighted Assets)

     Consolidated

$56,556

11.30%

$40,028

8.0%

N/A

     Bank

$58,313

11.67%

$39,967

8.0%

$49,959

10.0%

Tier 1 Capital

(To Risk-Weighted Assets)

     Consolidated

$54,416

10.88%

$20,014

4.0%

N/A

     Bank

$56,173

11.24%

$19,984

4.0%

$29,975

6.0%

Tier 1 Capital

(To Average Assets)

     Consolidated

$54,416

7.55%

$28,847

4.0%

N/A

     Bank

$56,173

7.80%

$28,823

4.0%

$36,029

5.0%

The following table sets forth the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory capital at December 31, 2004, under the rules applicable at that date.

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

To be well
Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

Actual
Amount

Ratio

Actual
Amount

Ratio

Actual
Amount

Ratio

As of December 31, 2004

Total Capital

(To Risk-Weighted Assets)

     Consolidated

$56,260

13.01%

$34,588

8.0%

N/A

     Bank

$55,077

12.76%

$34,523

8.0%

$43,154

10.0%

Tier 1 Capital

(To Risk-Weighted Assets)

     Consolidated

$51,431

11.90%

$17,294

4.0%

N/A

     Bank

$52,505

12.17%

$17,262

4.0%

$25,893

6.0%

Tier 1 Capital

(To Average Assets)

     Consolidated

$51,431

7.75%

$26,547

4.0%

N/A

     Bank

$52,505

7.99%

$26,274

4.0%

$32,843

5.0%

Stock Repurchase Plan: In March 2004, the Company announced a second stock repurchase plan, authorizing open market and privately negotiated purchases of up to 10% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or 310,000 shares. Purchases began on March 4, 2004 and were to continue through December 31, 2005. In December 2005, the Company announced the continuance of this plan through December 31, 2006. Depending on market conditions and other factors, these purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time, or from time-to-time, without prior notice. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had repurchased 103,732 shares of stock under the plan, at an average price of $27.21 per share. The Company records repurchased shares as treasury stock.

 

Note 13: Stock Based Compensation:

The Bar Harbor Bankshares and its Subsidiaries Incentive Stock Option Plan ("ISO") for officers and employees was established October 3, 2000, providing for the issuance of up to 450 thousand shares of common stock. The purchase price of the stock covered by each option shall be its fair market value, which must be equal to at least 100% of the fair market value on the date such option is granted. Vesting terms range from five to seven years. No option shall be granted after October 3, 2010, ten years after the effective date of the ISO.

A summary of the status of the ISO as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and changes during the years then ended is presented below.

2005

2004

2003

Number of Shares

Weighted Average Exercise Price

Number of Shares

Weighted Average Exercise Price

Number of Shares

Weighted Average Exercise Price

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

     321,607

      $18.09

    332,071

      $16.90

    328,457

      $16.30

Granted during the year

       29,500

        27.31

      47,500

        27.11

      44,500

        21.43

Exercised during the year

      (34,122)

        16.16

     (26,683)

        16.33

     (11,255)

        15.91

Forfeited during the year

      (23,696)

        15.65

     (31,281)

        20.68

     (29,631)

        17.45

Outstanding at the end of the year

     293,289

      $19.43

    321,607

      $18.09

    332,071

      $16.90

Exercisable at year end

     101,434

      88,392

      66,161

The following information applies to options outstanding at December 31, 2005:

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

OPTIONS EXERCISABLE

Range of
Exercise Prices

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$15.40

         63,591

5.47

$15.40

          26,937

$15.40

$15.80

           4,130

5.81

$15.80

            1,997

$15.80

$16.05

         90,000

6.15

$16.05

          45,000

$16.05

$17.75 - $25.45

         59,012

6.78

$19.12

          20,684

$19.07

$25.80 - $29.10

         76,556

8.86

$27.20

            6,816

$27.10

       293,289

6.83

$19.43

        101,434

$17.23

The following weighted average assumptions were used in the Black Scholes option-pricing model:

2005

2004

2003

Expected dividend yield

3.19%

2.94%

2.81%

Risk free interest rate

4.32%

2.79%

2.63%

Volatility

16.76%

11.99%

17.20%

Expected life (years)

3.5

3.5

3.5

Weighted average fair value

$3.27

$2.76

$1.80

Note 14: Retirement Benefit Plans

Medical and Life Insurance Benefits: The Company sponsors a limited post-retirement benefit program which funds medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of active and retired employees who meet minimum age and service requirements. It is the Company's policy to record the cost of post-retirement health care and life insurance plans based on actuarial estimates, which are dependent on claims and premiums paid. The cost of providing these benefits is accrued during the active service period of the employee. The net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following components:

2005

2004

2003

Interest cost on accumulated
     post-retirement benefit obligation

$ 71

$ 73

$ 80

Amortization

  (15)

  (16)

  (23)

Net periodic post-retirement benefit cost

$ 56

$57

$ 57

The following table sets forth the change in benefit obligations for the years ended December 31:

2005

2004

Change in benefit obligations:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

      $1,245

        $1,262

Interest cost on accumulated post-retirement
     benefit obligation

             71

               73

Actuarial loss (gain)

             48

              (13)

Effect of amendments

            (27)

               ---

Benefits paid

            (65)

              (77)

Benefit obligation at end of year

      $1,272

        $1,245

Unrecognized prior service cost

             27

               ---

Unrecognized gain at end of year

           240

             303

Accrued benefit cost included in other liabilities

      $1,539

        $1,548

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) in 2005 and 2004 was determined using a 5.75% and 6% respectively, weighted average discount rate. The net periodic benefit cost in 2005 and 2004 was determined using a 6.00% weighted average discount rate.

The health care cost trend rates were 11.5% in 2005, gradually declining to 6% after 12 years and remaining at that level thereafter. An increase in the health care trend of 1% would increase the APBO by approximately $110 and the net periodic benefit cost by $6. A decrease in the health care trend of 1% would decrease the APBO by approximately $97 and the net periodic benefit cost by $5.

The Company expects to contribute the following amounts to fund benefit payments for the post-retirement medical and life insurance benefit plan for the years ending December 31:

2006

      $ 82

2007

         87

2008

         91

2009

         95

2010

       100

2011 and thereafter

       500

     Total

    $955

401(k) Plan:  The Company has a 401(k) Plan available to full-time employees and officers. The Company matches employee contributions based on a predetermined formula and may make additional discretionary contributions. The total expense for this plan in 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $424, $391, and $393, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans: The Company has non-qualified supplemental executive retirement agreements for certain retired officers. The agreements provide supplemental retirement benefits payable in installments over a period of years upon retirement or death. The Company recognized the net present value of payments associated with the agreements over the service periods of the participating officers. Interest costs continue to be recognized on the benefit obligations. In 2005, 2004, and 2003, the expense of these supplemental retirement agreements was $129, $ 118, and $122, respectively.

The Company also has supplemental executive retirement plans for certain executive officers. These plans provide a stream of future payments in accordance with individually defined vesting schedules upon retirement, termination, or in the event that the executive leaves the Company following a change of control event. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the expense of these supplemental retirement agreements was $219, $334 and $253, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had accrued a total of $1,114 to provide for these future payment obligations.

The following table provides the net periodic benefit costs for the supplemental executive retirement plans for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:

2005

2004

Service Cost

         $179

         $298

Interest Cost

           171

           153

     Net Periodic Benefit Cost

         $350

         $451

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid under the Company’s supplemental executive retirement plans for the years ending December 31:

2006

       $    222

2007

             222

2008

             222

2009

             222

2010

             243

2011 and thereafter

          6,526

Total

        $7,657

Note 15: Financial Derivative Instruments

As part of its overall asset liability/management strategy, the Bank periodically uses derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. The Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant effect on net income.

At December 31, 2005, the Bank had four outstanding derivative instruments with notional principal amounts totaling $50,000. These derivative instruments were interest rate swap agreements and interest rate floor agreements, with notional principal amounts totaling $20,000 and $30,000, respectively. The details are summarized as follows:

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:

 

Description

Maturity

Notional Amount
(in thousands)

Fixed Interest Rate

Variable Interest Rate

Receive fixed rate, pay variable rate

09/01/07

$10,000

6.04%

Prime (7.25%)

Receive fixed rate, pay variable rate

01/24/09

$10,000

6.25%

Prime (7.25%)

The Bank is required to pay a counter-party monthly variable rate payments indexed to Prime, while receiving monthly fixed rate payments based upon interest rates of 6.04% and 6.25%, respectively, over the term of each agreement.

These interest rate swap agreements were designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2003 and had total unrealized gains of $86. The fair value of these instruments, net of tax, was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheet. Changes in fair value were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Current period net cash flows representing net amounts received from or paid to counter-parties were recorded as interest income.

During the first quarter of 2004, these interest rate swap agreements were de-designated as cash flow hedges and, from the time of de-designation, changes in their fair value and current period net cash flows representing net amounts received from or paid to counter-parties were recorded in the consolidated statement of income and included as part of non-interest income. The unrealized gain on these interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2003 of $86 remained in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, and is being accreted into interest income over the remaining terms of the respective swap agreements.

In July 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance regarding SFAS No. 133 Implementation Issue No. G25, "Cash Flow Hedges:  Using the First-Payments Received Technique in Hedging the Variable Interest Payments on a Group of Non-Benchmark-Rate-Based Loans", in which the FASB indicated the first-payments-received technique for identifying the hedged forecasted transactions (that is, the hedged interest payments) can be used in a cash flow hedge of the variable prime-rate-based or other variable non-benchmark-rate-based interest payments for a rolling portfolio of pre-payable interest-bearing loans, provided all other conditions for a cash flow hedge have been met. During the third quarter of 2004, the Bank designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges and, prospectively from the time of this designation, unrealized gains or losses arising from changes in their fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, while current period net cash flows representing net amounts received from or paid to counter-parties are recorded as interest income.

At December 31, 2005, the fair market value of the interest rate swap agreements was ($641), compared with ($225) at December 31, 2004.

At December 31, 2005, the net unrealized loss on the interest rate swap agreements included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, amounted to $275, compared with $205 at December 31, 2004. Also included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005, was a net deferred loss, net of tax, of $10 related to the de-designation and re-designation of these interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges in 2004.

During 2004, the net unrealized gains on interest rate swap agreements recorded in non-interest income amounted to $29, during the period in which hedge accounting was not applied.

During 2005, the total net cash flows received from counter-parties amounted to $3, compared with $455 in 2004. The net cash flows received from counter-parties during 2005 were recorded in interest income (hedge accounting). Of the $455 in net cash flows received from counter-parties during 2004, $375 was recorded in non-interest income (non-hedge accounting period) and $80 in interest income (hedge accounting period).

Interest Rate Floor Agreements:

Notional Amount

Termination
Date

Prime
Strike Rate

Premium
Paid

$20,000

08/01/10

6.00%

$186

$10,000

11/01/10

6.50%

$ 69

During 2005, interest rate floor agreements were purchased to limit the Bank’s exposure to falling rates on a pool of loans indexed to the Prime interest rate. Under the terms of the agreements, the Bank paid premiums of $186 and $69 for the right to receive cash flow payments if the Prime interest rate falls below the floors of 6.00% and 6.50%, thus effectively ensuring interest income on a pool of Prime-based loans at a minimum of 6.00% and 6.50% on the $20,000 and $10,000 notional amounts for the duration of the agreements, respectively. The interest rate floor agreements were designated as a cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS 133.

At December 31, 2005, the total fair market value of the floor agreements was $131 and was included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Pursuant to SFAS 133, changes in the fair market value, representing unrealized gains or losses, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.

The premiums paid on the interest rate floor agreements are included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income on the consolidated balance sheet and are being recognized in interest income over the duration of the agreements using the floorlet method, in accordance with SFAS 133. During 2005, $2 of the premium was recognized in interest income. At December 31, 2005, the remaining unamortized premiums, net of tax, totaled $167. During the next twelve months, $19 of the premium will be recognized in interest income, decreasing the interest income related to the hedged pool of Prime-based loans.

At December 31, 2005, the unamortized premium net of the unrealized loss on the interest rate floor agreement amounted to $80, net of tax, and was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 16: Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Bank is a party to financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit, and standby letters of credit.

Commitments to originate loans, including unused lines of credit, are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank uses the same credit policy to make such commitments as it uses for on-balance-sheet items, such as loans. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

The Bank guarantees the obligations or performance of customers by issuing standby letters of credit to third parties. These standby letters of credit are primarily issued in support of third party debt or obligations. The risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as the credit risk involved in extending loan facilities to customers, and they are subject to the same credit origination, portfolio maintenance and management procedures in effect to monitor other credit and off-balance sheet instruments. Exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counter-party to the financial instrument for standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Typically, these standby letters of credit have terms of five years or less and expire unused; therefore, the total amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

The following table summarizes the contractual amounts of commitments and contingent liabilities as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

Commitments to originate loans

      $  40,779

          $14,435

Unused lines of credit

          73,190

            75,732

Un-advanced portions of construction loans

            6,110

              7,336

     Total

      $120,079

          $97,503

Standby letters of credit

      $      115

          $ 1,155

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the fair values of the standby letters of credit were not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Operating Lease Obligations

The Company leases certain properties used in operations under terms of operating leases, which include renewal options. The following table sets forth the approximate future lease payments over the remaining terms of the non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2005.

2006

  $   73

2007

       63

2008

       66

2009

       70

2010

       73

2011 and thereafter

       38

     Total

   $383

Note 17: Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Where available, quoted market prices are used. In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument.

Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of the Company. For certain assets and liabilities, the information required under SFAS No. 107 is supplemented with additional information relevant to an understanding of the fair value.

The following describes the methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating the fair values of significant financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents: For cash and cash equivalents, including cash and due from banks and other short-term investments with maturities of 90 days or less, the carrying amounts reported on the consolidated balance sheet approximate fair values.

Securities available-for-sale: Fair values are based on quoted bid market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices for an instrument are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instrument being valued. The carrying value of securities available-for-sale reported on the consolidated balance sheet represent estimated fair value.

Loans: For variable rate loans that re-price frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposits : The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, applying interest rates currently being offered on wholesale funding products of similar maturities. The fair value estimates for deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of alternative forms of funding ("deposit base intangibles").

Borrowings: For borrowings that mature or re-price in 90 days or less, carrying value approximates fair value. The fair value of the Company’s remaining borrowings is estimated by using discounted cash flows based on current rates available for similar types of borrowing arrangements taking into account any optionality.

Accrued interest receivable and payable: The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their fair values.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments : The fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are based on quoted market prices. The Company’s other off-balance sheet instruments consist of loan commitments and standby letters of credit. Fair values for standby letters of credit and loan commitments were insignificant.

A summary of the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2005 and 2004 follows:

December 31, 2005

December 31, 2004

Carrying
Value

Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

Fair
Value

Financial assets:

     Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 14,000

     $ 14,000

     $    9,571

     $    9,571

     Securities available for sale

      183,300

      183,300

       176,337

       176,337

     Loans, net

      510,219

      505,389

       443,649

       446,661

     Interest receivable

          3,572

          3,572

           2,790

           2,790

Financial liabilities:

     Deposits (with no stated maturity)

      255,529

      255,529

        257,293

       257,293

     Time deposits

      190,202

      188,331

        140,979

       140,568

     Securities sold under repurchase
         agreements

        16,438

        16,423

         15,077

         15,077

     Borrowings from the FHLB

      223,258

      222,926

       191,846

       194,701

     Interest payable

          1,411

          1,411

              916

              916

Financial derivative instruments

     Interest rate swaps

           (641)

           (641)

            (225)

            (225)

     Interest rate floors

            131

            131

               ---

               ---

Note 18: Legal Contingencies

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to certain routine litigation incidental to the normal conduct of the Company’s business, which in the opinion of management based upon currently available information will have no material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 19: Condensed Financial Information – Parent Company Only

The condensed financial statements of Bar Harbor Bankshares as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the three-years in the period ended December 31, 2005, are presented below:

BALANCE SHEETS
December 31

2005

2004

Cash

      $     730

      $     561

Investment in subsidiaries

        55,354

        54,859

Premises

              742

             745

Other assets

                 21

             414

           Total Assets

        $56,847

      $56,579

Liabilities

          Total Liabilities

        $     743

       $     537

Shareholders’ equity

     Common stock

            7,287

           7,287

     Surplus

            4,002

           4,002

     Retained earnings

          55,181

         51,733

     Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

           (1,738)

           1,118

     Treasury stock

          (8, 628)

          (8,098)

          Total equity

         56,104

         56,042

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

        $56,847

        $56,579

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31

2005

2004

2003

Dividend income from subsidiaries

        $3,873

         $2,409

       $5,075

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries (1)

          2,992

           3,652

           714

Bankshares expenses

            (669)

             (498)

          (881)

Tax benefit

             228

              169

           299

Net income

        $6,424

         $5,732

       $5,207

            (1) Amount in parentheses represents the excess of dividends over net income of subsidiaries.

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31

2005

2004

2003

Cash flows from operating activities:

          Net income

      $ 6,424

       $ 5,732

       $ 5,207

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
     provided by operating activities:

           Depreciation

              11

               10

                 8

           Net decrease (increase) in other assets

            240

             627

               (6)

           Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

        (2,992)

         (2,764)

           (714)

Net cash provided by operating activities

         3,683

           3,605

          4,495

Cash flows from investing activities:

          Additional investment in subsidiaries

             ---

                ---

            (350)

          Capital expenditures

              (8)

               (11)

                (8)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

              (8)

               (11)

            (358)

Cash flows from financing activities:

          Purchases of treasury stock

       (1,473)

           (1,369)

          (1,888)

          Proceeds from stock option exercises

           551

               438

              179

          Dividends paid

       (2,584)

           (2,478)

          (2,386)

Net cash used in financing activities

       (3,506)

           (3,409)

          (4,095)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

           169

               185

                42

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

           561

               376

              334

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

    $     730

          $     561

         $     376

Note 20: Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarter

Year 2005

1

2

3

4

Year

Interest and dividend income

        $8,541

        $8,945

         $9,486

      $10,223

         $37,195

Interest expense

          3,230

          3,595

           3,999

          4,512

           15,336

Net interest income

          5,311

          5,350

          5,487

          5,711

           21,859

Provision for loan losses

               ---

               25

               25

              (50)

                 ---

Non-interest income

          1,103

          1,953

          1,967

          1,392

             6,415

Non-interest expense

          4,783

          4,865

          4,827

          4,793

           19,268

Income before income taxes

          1,631

          2,413

          2,602

          2,360

             9,006

Income taxes

             418

             713

             780

             671

             2,582

Net income

        $1,213

        $1,700

        $1,822

       $ 1,689

          $ 6,424

Earnings per share:

Basic

        $  0.39

        $ 0.55

        $ 0.59

       $  0.55

          $   2.09

Diluted

        $  0.38

        $ 0.54

        $ 0.58

       $  0.54

          $   2.03

Quarter

Year 2004

1

2

3

4

Year

Interest and dividend income

       $7,523

        $7,664

        $8,255

       $ 8,480

         $31,922

Interest expense

         2,708

          2,840

          2,943

          3,054

           11,545

Net interest income

         4,815

          4,824

          5,312

          5,426

           20,377

Provision for loan losses

              90

               30

               30

               30

                180

Non-interest income

         1,841

             811

          2,498

          1,422

             6,572

Non-interest expense

         4,597

          4,620

          5,032

          4,665

           18,914

Income before income taxes

         1,969

             985

          2,748

          2,153

             7,855

Income taxes

            533

             182

             805

             603

             2,123

Net income

       $1,436

         $  803

        $1,943

       $ 1,550

          $ 5,732

Earnings per share:

Basic

       $ 0.46

        $ 0.26

        $ 0.63

       $  0.50

           $  1.85

Diluted

       $ 0.45

        $ 0.25

        $ 0.61

       $  0.48

           $  1.79

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures : The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner.

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

  • Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
  • Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
  • Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control-Integrated Framework .

Based on our assessment, management believes that as of December 31, 2005, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective, based on the criteria set forth by COSO in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework .

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on our assessment of, and the effective operation of, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears within Item 9A of this report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:   No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bar Harbor Bankshares:

We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Bar Harbor Bankshares (the Company) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control -- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).    The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in a reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Bar Harbor Bankshares maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Bar Harbor Bankshares and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years then ended, and our report dated March 6, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Albany, New York
March 6, 2006

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On December 20, 2005, the Company Board of Directors approved the adoption of a new code of ethics, which replaced the Company's prior Code of Ethics. A copy of the Code of Ethics approved by the Board of

Directors is attached to this Annual Report as an Exhibit and is available on our Company website at www.BHBT.com. The Company did not file a Form 8-K Current Report, Item 5.05, in connection with its adoption of the Company's new Code of Ethics.

 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Directors and Executive Officers : Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Management of the Company" and "Executive Officers" in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which was filed with the Commission on March 15, 2006 (the "Proxy").

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Company’s Proxy.

Audit Committee Financial Expert: The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference from "Appendix A" Report of the Audit Committee, contained in the Company’s Proxy.

Code of Ethics: The information required under this item is incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled "Other Matters" "Code of Ethics" contained in the Company’s Proxy.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled "Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers" in the Company’s Proxy.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections entitled "Voting Securities and Principal Holders thereof" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section entitled "Transactions with Directors, Officers, and Principal Shareholders" in the Proxy.

ITEM 14 . PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section entitled "Selection of Auditors" in the Company’s Proxy.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)        1. All Financial Statements Filed herewith at Item 8

            2. Financial Statement Schedules Filed herewith at Item 8

            3. Exhibits:

The following exhibits are included as part of this Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT NUMBER

3.1

Articles of Incorporation.

Articles as amended July 11, 1995, are incorporated by reference to Form S-14 filed with the Commission March 26, 1984 (Commission Number 2-90171).

3.2

Bylaws

Bylaws as amended to date are incorporated by reference to Form 10-K, Item 14(a)(3) filed with the Commission March 28, 2002.
(Commission Number 001-13349)

10

Material Contracts

10.1

Deferred Compensation Plans

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed with the Commission March 31, 1987 (Commission Number 0-13666).

10.2

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
Adopted by the Board of Directors on
September 16, 2003, and effective as of
January 1, 2003, providing Joseph M. Murphy, President and CEO of the Company, Gerald Shencavitz, the Company’s Chief Financial
Officer, and Dean S. Read, former President
of the Bank, with certain defined retirement benefits.

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q, Part II, Item 6, filed with the Commission November 13, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.3

Joseph M. Murphy
Employment Contract

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K Item 15(a)(10.2), filed with the Commission May 27, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.4

Incentive Stock Option Plan 2000

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K, Item 14(a)(3) filled with the Commission March 28, 2002 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.5

Amendment to Employment Agreement,
Change in Control, Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement between the Company and Joseph M. Murphy.

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q, Part II, Item 6, filed with the Commission November 13, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.6

Change in Control, Confidentiality, and Non-competition Agreement between the Company and Gerald Shencavitz.

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q, Part II, Item 6, filed with the Commission November 13, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.7

Change in Control, Confidentiality, and Non-competition Agreement between the Company and former Bank President
Dean S. Read.

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q, Part II, Item 6, filed with the Commission November 13, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.8

Change in Control, Confidentiality, and Non-competition Agreement between the Company and Daniel A. Hurley III, President
of Bar Harbor Trust Services.

Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, Exhibit 99.1, "Form of Change in Control, Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement," filed with the Commission on June 30, 2005 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.9

Purchase and Assumption Agreement between
Bar Harbor Banking and Trust Company and Androscoggin Savings Bank, dated October 24, 2003.

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q, Part II, Item 6 filled with the Commission November 13, 2003 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.10

Description of the 2005 Two-tiered Executive Compensation Arrangements not pursuant to a
written plan or agreement.

Filed herewith

10.11

Infinex Agreement

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K, Part III, Item 15(a)(10.10), filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.12

Dean S. Read Resignation Agreement
and Release

Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K, Part III, Item 15(a)(10.11), filed with the Commission on March 14, 2005 (Commission File Number 001-13349).

10.13

Somesville Bank Branch Lease dated
October 27, 2005.

Filed herewith

13

Annual Report to Shareholders

Filed herewith

14

Code of Ethics

Filed herewith

21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Filed herewith

23

Consent letters

Filed herewith

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
under Rule 13a-14/15d-14(a)

Filed herewith.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
under Rule 13a-14/15d-14(a)

Filed herewith.

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350.

Filed herewith.

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
under 18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350.

Filed herewith.

(c) There are no other financial statements and financial statement schedules, which were excluded from this report, which are required to be included herein.

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 16, 2006              BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES
                                       (Registrant)

                                        /s/ Joseph M. Murphy

                                        Joseph M. Murphy
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons have signed this report in the capacities indicated on behalf of the Registrant.

/s/ Thomas A. Colwell

Thomas A. Colwell
Chairman, Board of Directors

/s/ Joseph M. Murphy

Joseph M. Murphy, Director
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Robert C. Carter

Robert C. Carter, Director

/s/ Robert M. Phillips

Robert M. Phillips, Director

/s/ Peter Dodge

Peter Dodge, Director

/s/ Gerald Shencavitz

Gerald Shencavitz, Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

/s/ Martha Tod Dudman

Martha Tod Dudman, Director

/s/ Kenneth E. Smith

Kenneth E. Smith, Director

/s/ Dwight L. Eaton

Dwight L. Eaton, Director

/s/ Constance C. Shea

Constance C. Shea, Director

/s/ Lauri E. Fernald

Lauri E. Fernald, Director

/s/ Scott G. Toothaker

Scott G. Toothaker, Director

/s/Clyde H. Lewis

Clyde H. Lewis, Director

/s/ David B. Woodside

David B. Woodside, Director

/s/ John P. McCurdy

John P. McCurdy, Director

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.10

Executive Compensation Arrangements

The Company’s compensation program can be generally described as being comprised of two primary components: (a) base salary and benefits, and (b) executive incentive compensation programs. Base salary and benefits include items such as retirement plan benefits and insurance programs, and are intended to adequately compensate executive officers and employees for capable performance of their core duties and responsibilities associated with their positions. Named executive officer, Messrs Murphy and Shencavitz and six other participating officers participated in a three-tiered executive incentive plan for 2005. The first tier provided for an incentive payment determined by meeting a certain earnings threshold. The second tier provided for an additional incentive payment based upon individually assigned goals such as loan and deposit growth, quality measures, and implementation of strategic plan initiatives. A third tier represented payments for achieving financial results in excess of 10% over 2004 net income results. Individual payments to named executive officers, Messrs Murphy and Shencavitz, along with other participating officers, under this three-tier program ranged from 9.95% to 13.95% of base salary.

Mr. Hurley did not participate in the above-described incentive programs for 2003, 2004 or 2005. He participated in an individually designed "pay for performance" program spanning 2004 and 2005, resulting in a payment of 25% of salary in 2005. Mr. Read did not participate in any plan for 2005.

Exhibit 10.13

LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease made and entered on October 27, 2005, by and between, A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc. , a Maine corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and Bar Harbor Bank & Trust , a Maine banking corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

 

ARTICLE I

Premises

Landlord hereby leases, demises and lets unto Tenant and Tenant hereby leases, takes and hires from Landlord, for the term and upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease Agreement (hereinafter the "Lease"), the land and buildings located on the westerly side of Route 102, Somesville, Mount Desert, Hancock County, Maine, being more specifically described in Schedule A hereto and made a part hereof (hereinafter the "premises" or the "leased premises").

 

ARTICLE II

Initial Term; Renewal Terms

Section 2.01. Initial Term . The initial term of this Lease shall be for five and one-half (5 1/2) years, beginning on January 1, 2006, and ending on June 30, 2011 (the "Initial Term"). A "Lease Year" shall be a consecutive twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 each year during the Initial Term, and, for any Renewal Term, on July 1 of each year.

Section 2.02. Renewal Terms. In addition to the Initial Term, (a) unless Tenant shall provide a Notice of Non-Renewal as set forth in Section 2.03, the term of this Lease shall automatically and without further action or notice be extended for an additional five (5) year term commencing on July 1, 2011 and ending on June 30, 2016 (the "First Renewal Term"), and, (b) unless Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall provide a Notice of Non-Renewal as set forth in Section 2.03, the term of this Lease shall automatically and without further action or notice be extended for a further additional ten (10) year term commencing on July 1, 2016, and ending on June 30, 2026 (the "Second Renewal Term").

 

Section 2.03. Notice of Non-Renewal . The following provisions shall govern the renewal rights of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease.

(a) First Renewal Term . Tenant shall have the right to end the term of this Lease by giving to Landlord a written notice (a "Tenant Termination Notice") not later than July 1, 2010, stating that it has elected not to exercise its right to renew for the First Renewal Term. If Landlord has not received a Tenant Termination Notice by such date, Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice stating that it has not received a Tenant Termination Notice and Tenant shall then have ten (10) days following such notice from Landlord to elect not to renew by giving a Tenant Termination Notice within such ten (10) day period. If Tenant does not elect to terminate the First Renewal Term, then the term of this Lease will be automatically renewed for the First Renewal Term and shall end on June 30, 2016.

(b) Landlord’s Right of Termination . If this Lease has been renewed and is still in effect through the First Renewal Term, then Landlord shall have the right to elect to end the term of this Lease by giving to Lessee a written notice ("Landlord’s Termination Notice") not later than July 1, 2015 stating that Landlord has elected to terminate the Lease as of June 30, 2016, and Tenant shall thereupon have no right to extend the term of this Lease for the Second Renewal Term.

(c) Second Renewal Term . If Landlord has not given Landlord’s Termination Notice by July 1, 2015, then Lessee shall have the right to end the term of this Lease by giving to Landlord a written notice ("Tenant’s Termination Notice") not later than January 1, 2016, stating that Lessee has elected to terminate the Lease effective as of June 30, 2016. Upon the giving of Tenant’s Termination Notice there shall be no rights by either Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Second Renewal Term. If neither Landlord nor Tenant has given a Termination Notice as set forth in this Article, then the term of this Lease shall continue through the Second Renewal Term.

ARTICLE III

Rent

Section 3.01. Initial Term and Renewal Term Base Rent . During each Lease Year during the Initial Term or any Renewal Term of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord, without any offset, abatement, deductions or setoff whatsoever, and without previous demand therefor, at the address set forth in this Lease in regard to notices or at such other place as Landlord may direct by notice in writing to Tenant from time to time, the annual Base Rent, as determined hereinafter.

(a) Initial Term. During the first Lease Year of this Lease, the Base Rent shall be Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000.00) per Lease Year, pro-rated for any partial Lease Year. During each subsequent Lease Year during the Initial Term, the Base Rent shall be increased based upon the following formula: Base Rent will be adjusted annually as of January 1st during each Lease Year of the Initial Term, by the same percentage as the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers Northeast Region, Class B (CPI-U, Northeast B) (all items 1982-1984=100), as the same increased for the previous year, provided that said increase in Base Rent shall not be greater than five percent (5%) in any one Lease Year notwithstanding the percentage increase in the CPI-U.

(b) First Renewal Term. During the first Lease Year of the First Renewal Term, the Base Rent shall be Seventy Eight Thousand Dollars ($78,000.00) per Lease Year. During each subsequent Lease Year during the First Renewal Term, the Base Rent shall be increased based upon the following formula: Base Rent will be adjusted annually as of July 1st during each Lease Year of the First Renewal Term, by the same percentage as the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers Northeast Region, Class B (CPI-U, Northeast B) (all items 1982-1984=100), as the same increased for the immediately preceding Lease Year, provided that said increase in Base Rent shall not be greater than five percent (5%) in any one Lease Year notwithstanding the percentage increase in the CPI-U.

(c) Second Renewal Term . During each Lease Year during the Second Renewal Term, the Base Rent (in this case, the annual Base Rent as calculated to be in effect for the last year of the First Renewal Term) shall be increased based upon the following formula: Base Rent will be adjusted annually as of July 1 st during each Lease Year of the Second Renewal Term, by the same percentage as the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers Northeast Region, Class B (CPI-U, Northeast B) (all items 1982-1984=100), as the same increased for the immediately preceding Lease Year, provided that said increase in Base Rent shall not be greater than five percent (5%) in any one Lease Year notwithstanding the percentage increase in the CPI-U.

Notwithstanding the foregoing formula for increasing the Base Rent, the Base Rent shall not decrease in any Lease Year, and if there is a decrease in such Consumer Price Index during a Lease Year, then the Base Rent shall remain at the same rate as the immediately prior Lease Year. During each Lease Year, when making the monthly installment of Base Rent for January 1st, during the Initial Term, or July 1st, during a Renewal Term, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a statement indicating the calculation of the increase in the Base Rent for such Lease Year. Acceptance of such payment by Landlord shall not constitute agreement with the calculation provided by Tenant, but Landlord shall notify Tenant if it disagrees with such calculation within a reasonable time. The Base Rent, as calculated above, shall be payable in advance in equal monthly installments on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Initial Term and any Renewal Term.

Section 3.02. Additional Rent . In addition to the Base Rent specified above, Tenant shall pay as "Additional Rent" throughout the Initial Term of this Lease and any Renewal Term, at the times and in the manner set forth in Section 3.05 of this Article, without any offset, abatement, deduction or set off, the following amounts: (i) all Real Estate Taxes, as hereinafter defined; (ii) all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined; and (iii) all other costs, charges and expenses associated with the premises or otherwise required under this Lease. In the event of nonpayment of any such amount, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as provided for in Article 7 of this Lease.

Section 3.03. Real Estate Taxes . For the purpose of this Lease, Real Estate Taxes shall be deemed to be the aggregate amount of taxes and assessments levied, assessed or imposed upon the premises, including, without limitation, water and sewer rents, rates and charges, vault taxes and other governmental charges, general, special, ordinary and extraordinary, and including any tax which shall be in substitution of or in addition to taxes now levied, assessed or imposed on the premises. Tenant shall also pay all taxes upon all equipment and other personal property located on the leased premises. Tenant shall pay all Real Estate Taxes and other taxes directly to the taxing authority when due and prior to any penalty or interest accruing thereon, and Tenant shall provide Landlord evidence of such payment upon request.

Section 3.04. Operating Expenses . Operating Expenses shall include those costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in respect to the operation, repair, management and maintenance of and the provision of services to the premises, including, but not limited to, all costs and expenses of: administration, operation, maintenance, repair and replacement, whether capital or otherwise; lighting, heating, ventilating, painting, cleaning, janitorial services, and window cleaning; all insurances required herein; snow, ice, garbage and debris removal; security, wages, payroll taxes, workmen's compensation, cleaning, fringe benefits, professional fees and reasonable management fees of all persons engaged by the Tenant in the maintenance, operations, service or management of the premises; utility fees and costs including all costs of electricity, steam, heat, ventilation, air-conditioning and water together with any utility taxes; all building and cleaning supplies; telephone and other communications costs; maintaining, operating and repairing all machinery and equipment in or serving the premises including heating and air-conditioning equipment, security equipment and elevators; repairs, replacements and improvements deemed appropriate by Tenant for the continued operation of the building and costs of service and supply contracts entered into by Tenant relating to operations, repair, maintenance and management of the premises.

Section 3.05. Time and Manner of Payment . Tenant shall contract and pay directly all persons providing the services for Operating Expenses during the term of this Lease, all such payments to made when due and prior to the right of any vendor or supplier filing any lien or claim of reimbursement that would affect Landlord’s interest in the premises. If any such charge shall be contested or disputed, the charges which shall be resolved or not in dispute shall be paid within ten (10) days after resolution. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a statement of the actual Additional Rent, including Operating Expenses, for each Lease Year hereunder with 60 days following the end of each Lease Year.

ARTICLE IV

Landlord's Obligations

Section 4.01. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord warrants that, so long as Tenant faithfully performs all agreements and obligations on its part to be performed under this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold, and enjoy the premises for the term set forth herein without molestation or disturbance by and from Landlord and free from any and all encumbrances, except that such tenancy shall be subject to applicable provisions of law and governmental authorities and to Landlord's rights hereunder.

Section 4.02 Hazardous Substances. Landlord warrants that no Hazardous Materials, as hereafter defined, have been deposited, discharged, placed or disposed of at the premises by Landlord and that the premises are, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge and belief, free from Hazardous Materials. Landlord shall, to the extent arising from breach of the foregoing warranty, (a) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions necessary to clean up and remove all Hazardous Materials from the premises, in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, rules, ordinances and policies and in accordance with the orders and directives of all federal, state and local governmental authorities, and (b) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses (including, without limit, attorney and consultant fees, investigation and laboratory fees, court costs and litigation expenses) of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of or in any related to (i) the discovery, presence, disposal, release, or threatened release, of any Hazardous Materials presently existing within, under, upon, or from the premises, or (ii) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal), any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached, or government order and/or any violations of laws, orders, regulations, requirements, or demands of government authorities, now in effect or in effect at any time in the future, which are based upon or in any way related to any Hazardous Materials presently existing on the premises.

ARTICLE V

Tenant's Obligations

Section 5.01. Payment of Rent . Tenant shall pay each and every installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts due hereunder promptly when due, and without demand by Landlord and without any withholding or offset whatsoever.

Section 5.02. Use and Occupancy . Tenant shall use and occupy the premises solely for offices and retail banking service purposes and for no other purposes whatsoever. Tenant shall comply, at its expense, with all governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances and all of Tenant’s insurance policies applicable to the Leased Premises.

Section 5.03. Assignment and Sublease . Tenant shall not assign, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest therein, nor make any sublease of the premises or any portion thereof, provided however nothing herein shall prohibit the Tenant from assigning this Lease to a corporate successor of Tenant by way of merger or purchase. In the event of a sublease, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all obligations under this Lease and Landlord's collection of rent from such assignee or subtenant shall not be deemed a waiver of the covenants contained herein or a release of Tenant. Landlord recognizes that Tenant may enter into a sublease of the premises with Union Trust Company, which is a present tenant in the premises, for a period of up to one (1) year, and Tenant agrees to provide to Landlord a copy of any proposed sublease, and Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent to such sublease.

Section 5.04. Maintenance and Repairs . Tenant shall maintain the premises in as good order, repair, and condition as the premises existed at the commencement of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all repairs and replacements to the premises during the lease term, whether the same are capital or otherwise.

Section 5.05. Alterations . Tenant shall not make any alterations, installations, repairs, improvements, replacements or additions in, to or about any part of the premises, or remodel all or any part of the premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord and Landlord's mortgagees, and the prior written approval by them of the plans and specifications therefor. Tenant shall remove at its own expense any alterations, additions, and the like installed in violation of this provision. In the event of failure of Tenant to so remove, Landlord shall have the right to enter and remove such alterations, additions and the like, and charge the reasonable cost thereof to Tenant. Unless agreed to otherwise in advance by the parties, all additions, repairs, replacements, alterations and improvements to the premises made by Tenant, including all materials used and incorporated therein, shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Section 5.06. Signage . Tenant shall not install advertisements of any kind including, but not limited to, signs, awnings and signals, to any part of the leased premises including the inside or outside of the windows or doors unless and until the style, size, color, construction, and location of such advertisements have been approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request hereunder within thirty (30) days or the request shall be deemed approved. Tenant agrees that upon expiration or termination of this Lease Agreement, Tenant will remove such advertisements and restore the affected portion of the leased premises to its original condition prior to the installation of such advertisements.

Section 5.07. Waste and Nuisances . Tenant shall not injure or deface the premises. Tenant shall not permit the use of the premises for any purposes other than provided herein and shall not permit any use of the premises which is improper, offensive, or contrary to law or ordinance. Tenant shall not permit on the premises any hazardous or inflammable substances, fluids, or chemicals, except for those routinely used in the banking services industry. Tenant shall permit no objectionable noise, odors or other nuisance, provided that Landlord acknowledges Tenant will be operating a bank facility with drive up window services. Tenant shall not permit or maintain any conditions which might cause an adverse effect on any insurance coverage affecting the premises.

Section 5.08. Risk of Loss . Tenant shall hold the property owned by Tenant or in the Tenant's custody situated on the premises at Tenant's own risk.

Section 5.09. Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall insure Tenant and Landlord and Landlord's mortgagees, if any, as their interests may appear, against loss or damage to the improvements to the premises under standard Maine insurance policies against fire and standard extended coverage risks in such amounts and with such companies as Landlord and its mortgagees shall reasonably require, but in no event for less than the full insurable value of the premises. Tenant shall provide evidence of such insurance coverage naming Landlord and Landlord's mortgagee, as loss payee, and providing for thirty (30) days prior notice of cancellation or expiration.

Section 5.10. Liability Insurance . Tenant shall insure Tenant and Landlord and Landlord's mortgagees as their interests may appear with general public liability insurance coverage on the premises for no less than One Million Dollars for injury or death in any single accident. Tenant shall provide evidence of such insurance coverage on request. In no event shall the limits of such policies be considered to limit Tenant's liability under this Lease.

Section 5.11. Indemnity . Tenant shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify Landlord from any injury, death, loss, claim, or damage to any person or property while on or about the premises and from any injury, loss, claim, or damage to any persons or property anywhere occasioned by any act, neglect, omission, or default of Tenant or its employees, agents, visitors, invitees or contractors.

Section 5.12. Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby release the other from any and all liability or responsibility to the other or to anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise for any loss or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage or supplementary contract casualties, provided, however, that this release shall be applicable and in effect only with respect to loss or damage occurring during any time as any applicable party's insurance policies shall contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that such release shall not adversely affect or impair said policies or prejudice the rights of the insured thereunder and provided further that this release shall apply only to the extent that insurance proceeds are actually received or collected under the insurance policy of the party sustaining the loss. Each party agrees that its policies will include such a clause or endorsement if obtainable without extra cost or if extra cost is charged, then as long as the other party pays such extra costs after notice thereof.

Section 5.13. Liens and Encumbrances . Tenant shall not suffer or permit any lien or encumbrance of any nature or description to be placed against the premises or any portion

thereof. Tenant shall have no authority to permit any lien or encumbrance to attach to or be placed upon Landlord's title or interest to the premises, building, or any portion thereof.

Section 5.14. Landlord Entry for Inspection and Show . Tenant shall permit Landlord or its agents to enter upon the premises at reasonable times to inspect the premises. Tenant shall permit Landlord to show the premises at reasonable times to prospective mortgagees throughout the term of this Lease. Due to Tenant’s business as a financial institution, Tenant shall be the sole holder of keys to the premises (but Tenant shall at all times provide Landlord with the name and contact information of employees or agents of Tenant who can provide access to the premises at any time). The interpretation of "reasonable times" shall take into account Tenant’s type of business and shall not include business hours. Tenant shall accompany Landlord during said inspections and at any other times Landlord shall be allowed access to the premises hereunder.

Section 5.19. Surrende r. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the premises and all additions, alterations, and improvements to Landlord, broom clean and in good order, repair, and condition. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall further remove all goods and effects not attached to the premises, repair all damage caused by such removal and leave the premises in clean and tenantable condition.

Section 5.20. Environmental . Tenant represents, warrants and agrees that its use, maintenance and operation of the premises and the conduct of the business related thereto, shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable federal, state, county or local laws, regulations and ordinances of any governmental authorities relating to Hazardous Materials, as hereinafter defined, and that Tenant, its agents, employees, customers, suppliers and invitees will not cause any Hazardous Materials to be deposited, discharged, placed or disposed of at the premises and that the premises will remain free from Hazardous Materials.

Tenant shall, to the extent arising from breach of the foregoing warranty, (a) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions necessary to clean up and remove all Hazardous Materials from the premises, in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, rules, ordinances and policies and in accordance with the orders and directives of all federal, state and local governmental authorities, and (b) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses (including, without limit, attorney and consultant fees, investigation and laboratory fees, court costs and litigation expenses) of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of or in any related to (i) the discovery, presence, disposal, release, or threatened release, of any Hazardous Materials hereafter placed within, under, upon, from, or into the premises, or (ii) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal), any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached, or government order and/or any violations of laws, orders, regulations, requirements, or demands of government authorities, now in effect or in effect at any time in the future, which are based upon or in any way related to any Hazardous Materials hereafter placed on the premises.

As used herein, "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazardous or toxic substances or matter, oil or other petroleum products, underground petroleum storage tanks, asbestos, chemical pollutants or related materials, including as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C.  Section 9601, et seq .), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq .), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq .), applicable Maine Statutes (including 38 M.R.S.A. Section 561, et seq .; 39 M.R.S.A. Section 1361, et seq .; 38 M.R.S.A. Section 1301, et seq .; and 38 M.R.S.A. Section 1317, et seq .), or any similar federal, state or local law in effect from time to time, or in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant thereto or any other substances or materials constituting a hazard, peril or threat to the health of persons, animals or plant life.

ARTICLE VI

Landlord Default

Section 6.01. Notice and Opportunity to Cure . Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation. In the event of Landlord’s default, Tenant shall have the right to pursue any remedies available to it at equity or at law. Landlord shall be liable for all reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s default

ARTICLE VII

Tenant Default and Landlord's Remedies

Section 7.01. Events of Default . Tenant shall be in default hereunder in any of the following events.

A. If Tenant shall fail to pay when due any Base Rent, Additional Rent or other charge required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease and said nonpayment continues for more than five (5) days, if a payment of Base Rent, or ten (10) days, if any other payment, after written notice of nonpayment is received by Tenant from Landlord; or

B. If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of the other obligations and agreements of this Lease, and such default shall not have been remedied within thirty (30) days after written notice of Landlord to Tenant specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied; or

C. If Tenant shall abandon the premises or fail to operate the premises for the use permitted hereunder or leave them vacant for more than thirty (30) consecutive days during this Lease term; or

D. If an execution, attachment, lien or other encumbrance shall be issued against Tenant and its property and such shall not be vacated or removed within sixty (60) days after the issuance thereof.

Section 7.02. Landlord's Option to Terminate . If Tenant becomes in default as defined in Section 7.01, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant, in which event all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate and Tenant shall surrender the premises on the date of such termination, and Tenant shall remain liable as herein provided.

Section 7.03. Tenant Not Released . In the event of termination of this Lease as provided herein, Tenant shall not be released or discharged but shall remain and continue liable to Landlord in a sum equal to all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges due or payable under this Lease through the end of the then existing term of this Lease, and Tenant shall be liable for all damages provided for hereunder and all costs, and reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant's default.

Section 7.04. Landlord's Remedies .

A. Re-entry. In the event of termination, Landlord may re-enter the premises using such force as may reasonably be required without being liable for prosecution or damages on account of such re-entry, and may possess and repossess the premises by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise. Tenant hereby waives any right to a jury trial in any eviction or forcible entry and detainer proceedings.

B. Repair and Alteration. Landlord may repair or alter the premises as reasonably necessary to render them in tenantable condition.

C. Lease and Release. Landlord may lease or release the premises or any portion thereof for the whole or the remainder of the original Lease term or for a longer period in Landlord's name or as agent for Tenant.

D Damages . Tenant agrees to pay on demand, in addition to all charges hereunder or under Section 7.03, or in the event of termination of this Lease, all expenses of Landlord in attempting to re-lease the premises or parts thereof including advertising, attorney and brokerage fees, and cleaning expenses.

E. Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this Lease are distinct, separate, and cumulative remedies. The existence of these remedies shall not be deemed to be in exclusion of any other remedies provided at law or in equity. Exercise of any one such remedy shall not be deemed a waiver or such other remedies as may be available.

F. Receipt of Monies Not Waiver . The receipt of rent or other monies by Landlord from Tenant with knowledge of any breach or default on the party of Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of such default. The receipt of rent or other monies by Landlord from Tenant after termination of this Lease shall not be deemed to reinstate, continue, or extend the term of this Lease or to affect any notice previously provided Tenant or to operate as a waiver of Landlord's right to recover any damages or other amounts due hereunder or possession of the premises.

ARTICLE VIII

Landlord's Right to Cure Tenant's Default

Section 8.01. Right to Cure . If Tenant defaults in the performance of any agreement or obligation under this Lease and fails to cure such default after notice as provided herein, Landlord may, at its option, either before or after any termination of this Lease, and without waiving its claim for damages for such breach, cure such breach on behalf of Tenant. Any amount paid or any liability incurred by Landlord in curing a default of Tenant under this Article shall be deemed paid or incurred on account of Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor or save Landlord harmless therefrom together with interest thereon at the rate of 18% per annum and in addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and reasonable attorney's fees incurred in curing a default.

ARTICLE IX

Subordination and Non-Disturbance

Section 9.01 Lease Subordinate to Mortgagees . This Lease and all of the rights of Tenant hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to the lien of any mortgage or mortgages now-existing or hereafter placed on the property in which the premises are located or any portion thereof (except the property and trade fixtures of Tenant) and to any and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, extensions, or substitutions of any such mortgage or mortgages, provided that the holder thereof agrees that so long as the Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease, Tenant will not be disturbed from its peaceful, quiet enjoyment of the premises.

Section 9.02. Subordination. If any mortgagee shall require a written agreement of subordination, upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver a commercially reasonable agreement, provided the same contains a non-disturbance provision reasonably acceptable to Tenant,.

Section 9.03. Notice to Mortgagees . In the event of any act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right until it has given sixty (60) days prior written notice of such act or omission with an opportunity to cure to the holder of each superior mortgage whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing provided, however, that if the act or omission cannot with due diligence be cured within sixty (60) days, as long as Landlord or said Mortgagee commences to cure such act or omission within said 60 day period and proceeds diligently thereafter to cure such act or omission, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease and provided further that as long as the Mortgagee is diligently proceeding with a mortgage foreclosure action or proceedings or with any judicial action to acquire Landlord's interest in the premises, then Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease.

Section 9.04 Attornment . If the holder of a superior mortgage shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord's rights (herein sometimes called successor landlord) and upon such successor landlord's written agreement to accept Tenant's attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor landlord as Tenant's landlord under this Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as, or as if it were, a direct lease between the successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions, agreements and provisions, as are set forth in this Lease except that the successor landlord shall not: (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease; (ii) be subject to any offset or defense which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord; or (iii) be bound by any previous modification of this Lease or by any previous prepayment of more than one month's Base Rent and one month's estimated Additional Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the holder of the superior mortgage through or by reason of which the successor landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease, the terms of any such mortgage shall govern the disposition of insurance and condemnation proceeds.

ARTICLE X

Casualty Damage and Eminent Domain

Section 10.01. Landlord's Election to Terminate Lease . If the premises, the building, or any part of the premises shall be taken by any exercise of the right of eminent domain or shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or unavoidable casualty or by action of any public or other authority, or shall suffer any direct consequential damage for which Landlord and Tenant, or either of them, shall be entitled to compensation by reason of anything done in pursuance of any public or other authority during this Lease or any extension thereof, then neither Landlord nor Tenant may terminate this Lease and the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges due hereunder shall not abate in any way.

Section 10.02. Duty to Restore . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in event of any such casualty, Tenant shall be obligated to use diligent and proper efforts to put the premises or the building in proper condition for use and occupation and to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such casualty, all such restoration to be completed within 180 days of any such casualty.

Section 10.03. Landlord's Entitlement to Damages . Landlord reserves and excepts all rights to damages to said premises and building and the leasehold hereby created, accrued or subsequently accruing by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of any public, or other, authority; and by way of confirmation, Tenant grants to Landlord all Tenant's rights to such damages and covenants to execute and deliver such further instruments of assignment thereof as Landlord may from time to time request; provided, however, then Landlord agrees to make such proceeds available to reimburse Tenant for costs incurred by Tenant in restoring the premises.

ARTICLE XI

Limitations of Liability

Section 11.01. Landlord's Liability Limited . Landlord and its agents, employees and contractors shall not be liable for any injury to any person or damage to property due to the building in which premises are located being in need of repair or due to the happening of any accident in or about the premises, or due to any act or neglect of Tenant or of any employee or visitor of Tenant. This provision applies without limitation to injury or damage caused by nature, rain, snow, ice, wind, frost, water, steam, gas, or odors in any form or by the bursting or leaking of windows, doors, walls, ceilings, floors, pipes, gutters, or other fixtures and to damage or injury caused by fixtures, furnishings, equipment and the like situated at the premises whether owned by Tenant or others.

ARTICLE XII

Notice and Waiver

Section 12.01. Written Notice Requested . All notices required to be given under this Lease shall be made in writing; oral notice shall be ineffective for all purposes.

Section 12.02. Delivery of Notice . Written notice shall have been delivered duly served if mailed by Certified Mail, Return Postage Requested, postage prepaid to Tenant at its main address of 82 Main Street, P.O. Box 400, Bar Harbor, Maine 04609 attn: Joseph Murphy, and to Landlord at its address at P.O. Box 99, Mt. Desert, Maine 04660.

Section 12.03. Waiver . No waiver of any default shall be deemed effective unless in writing signed by the party making the waiver. No waiver of any breach, covenant, condition, obligation or duty shall be construed a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other covenant, condition, obligation or duty.

ARTICLE XIII

Amendment, Modification and Renewal

Section 13.01. Writing Required . No amendment, modification, or renewal of this Lease shall be binding unless evidenced by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

Section 13.02. Hold-over Tenant . If Tenant shall hold over as a Tenant after the expiration of the terms of this Lease, such tenancy shall be deemed to continue on a month-to-month basis and Tenant shall remain fully bound under all terms and conditions of this Lease, provided, however, the rent shall be twice the Base Rent and Additional Rent in effect during the last month of the term hereof. This Section shall not be construed to give Tenant any right to hold over.

ARTICLE XIV

Miscellaneous

Section 14.01. Interpretation . This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Maine. Whenever the context requires, the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa, the masculine gender includes the feminine gender and vice versa, the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine gender. If Tenant includes more than one person or party, Tenant's obligations shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence in the performance of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

Section 14.02. Captions . Captions of paragraphs of this Lease are solely for convenience and shall not be deemed part of this Lease for any purpose.

Section 14.03. Exhibits . All exhibits attached to this Lease have been initialed by the parties for purposes of identification.

Section 14.04. Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Lease shall be held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 14.05. Successors and Assigns; Landlord Liability . The covenants and agreements of Landlord and Tenant shall run with the land and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of them and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. No covenant or agreement of Landlord shall be binding upon any such heir, executor, administrator, successor, and assign except for defaults occurring during such person’s period of ownership or binding individually upon any fiduciary, shareholder, or beneficiary under any trust. "Landlord" means only the owner or the mortgagee in possession for the time being of the building in which the Premises are located so that in the event of any sale of said building or an assignment of this Lease, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely released and discharged from any and all further liability and obligations of Landlord hereunder, except any that may have theretofore accrued. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Lease, if landlord or any successor in interest of Landlord shall be a mortgagee, or individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, corporation, firm or partnership (general or limited), it is specifically understood and agreed that there shall be absolutely no personal liability on the part of such mortgagee, corporation or such individual or on the part of the members of such firm, partnership or joint venture, or any stockholder, officer, director or trustee of such corporation with respect to any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, and that Tenant shall look solely to the equity of Landlord or such successor in interest in the Premises for the satisfaction of each and every remedy of Tenant in the event of any breach by Landlord or by such successor in interest of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, such exculpation of personal liability to be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.

Section 14.06. Recordation . This Lease shall not be recorded. Landlord shall prepare, execute and record a separate memorandum of lease in conformance with Maine law. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed so as to limit or restrict the Tenant or its affiliates from filing a copy of this Lease in its entirety with applicable regulators or in its filings made with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 14.07. Duplicate Originals . This Lease has been executed in two (2) or more copies, each of which shall be considered an original for all purposes.

Section 14.08. Entire Agreement . This Lease contains the complete and entire agreement of the parties.

Section 14.09. Estoppel Certificate . The Tenant agrees, at any time, and from time to time, upon no less than ten (10) days prior request by Landlord, at Landlord's expense, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying, if such be the case, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, stating the modifications, and that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect), stating the amounts and dates to which the Base Rent and Additional Rent, and other charges have been paid and stating whether or not to the best knowledge of Tenant there exists any default in the performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease, and if so specifying each such default, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of, or any prospective holder of a mortgage upon the premises or by any other property interested party.

Section 14.10. Contingencies. T he Tenant’s obligation to perform under this Lease is contingent upon the Tenant receiving all applicable State and Federal regulatory approvals not later than December 30, 2005. Tenant’s obligation to perform under this Lease is also contingent upon the receipt of an inspection report of the premises satisfactory to Tenant, performed at Tenant’s expense by Tenant’s engineer, such report to be completed not later than November 15, 2005.

Section 14.11. Landlord’s Consent. If at any time pursuant to this Lease the Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord covenants and agrees not to unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent.

Section 14.12. Notice in the Event of Sale. Landlord agrees that it will advise Tenant in advance if Landlord anticipates selling the premises. In the event of a sale of the premises, any prospective purchaser shall be apprised of the existence of this Lease and Landlord shall transfer the premises subject to the rights of Tenant hereunder, provided this Lease is still in effect.

[Next page is signatures]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease Agreement under seal as of the day and year first above-written.

WITNESS:

Landlord:

A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc.

__________________________ By: _____________________________
Name:
Its President

Tenant:

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust

__________________________ By: _____________________________
Robert Fernald
Its President

 

 

SCHEDULE A TO LEASE AGREEMENT

A certain lot or parcel, with the buildings thereon, situated in that part of Mount Desert, Hancock County, Maine, known as Somesville, bounded and described as follows, to wit:

Beginning at a bolt on the westerly side of the Route 102 leading from Somesville to Trenton at them northeasterly corner of land conveyed in a deed from B and B Associates to Brian E. Hamor, dated July 12, 1984, recorded in the Hancock County Registry of Deeds, Book 1504, Page 574; thence North 67 degrees 29’ West by and along the northerly line of land of said Brian E. Hamor, one hundred fifty-two and fifty-eight hundredths (152.58) feet to a granite monument; thence North 26 degrees 23’ 40" East by and along remaining land of said A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc., one hundred twenty-seven and eighty-eight hundredths (127.88) feet to a bolt; thence South 64 degrees 35’ 40" East by and along remaining land of said A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc., one hundred twenty-six and two hundredths (126.02) feet to a bolt on the westerly side of said Route 102, said bolt being North 14 degrees 02’ 20" East, one hundred twenty-two and fifty-eight hundredths (122.58) feet from the bolt at the point of beginning; thence continuing the same course (South 64  degrees 35’ 40" East) forty-three and five tenths (43.5) feet, more or less, to the centerline of the traveled way of said Route 102; thence generally southerly by and along said centerline to a point which bears South 67 degrees 29’ East from the point of beginning; thence North 67 degrees 29’ West, forty-three and five tenths (43.5) feet, more or less, to the point of beginning and containing 0.52 acres, more or less.

That portion of the above described contained within the limits of said Route 102 is subject to the rights of the public.

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement is made with reference to that certain Lease Agreement (the "Lease") made and entered on October 27, 2005, by and between, A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc. , a Maine corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and Bar Harbor Bank & Trust , a Maine banking corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

Whereas, the existing tenant in the premises has prohibited Tenant from being able to undertake its due diligence, and the Landlord and Tenant therefore desire to amend the Lease to accommodate a delay in the commencement date, a shortening of the Initial Term by one month, and the amendment of the time period for Tenant to undertake its due diligence to satisfy its contingencies set forth in Section 14.10 of the Lease.

Now, therefore, the Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Section 2.01 of the Lease is amended in full to read as follows:

"Section 2.01. Initial Term . The initial term of this Lease shall be for five (5) years and five (5) months, beginning on February 1, 2006, and ending on June 30, 2011 (the "Initial Term"). A "Lease Year" shall be a consecutive twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 each year during the Initial Term, and, for any Renewal Term, on July 1 of each year."

2. Section 14.10 of the Lease is hereby amended in full to read as follows:

"Section 14.10. Contingencies . The Tenant’s obligation to perform under this Lease is contingent upon the Tenant receiving all applicable State and Federal regulatory approvals not later than December 30, 2005. Tenant’s obligation to perform under this Lease is also contingent upon the receipt of an inspection report of the premises satisfactory to Tenant, performed at Tenant’s expense by Tenant’s engineer, such report to be completed not later than January 15, 2006."

Except as set forth herein, the Lease is not hereby amended or altered.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease Agreement under seal as of the day and year first above-written.

WITNESS:

Landlord:

A. C. Fernald Sons, Inc.

__________________________
By: _____________________________
Name:
Its President

 

Tenant:

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust

__________________________
By: _____________________________
Its President

 

EXHIBIT 13.  ANNUAL REPORT

 

 

Making it in Maine

Bar Harbor Bankshares

2005 Annual Report

 

 

(three pictures)

 

 

 

2005 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

YEAR-OVER-YEAR RESULTS

  • Diluted Earnings Per Share -- $2.03, up 14%

  • Net Income -- $6.4 million, up 12%

  • Net Interest Income -- $21.9 million,
    up over 7%

  • Non-Interest Expense -- $19.3 million,
    up only 2%

  • Total Assets -- $748 million, up 12%

  • Total Loans -- $515 million, up 15%

  • Total Deposits -- $446 million, up 12%

 

contents
Letter to Shareholders

3

Financial Overview 12
Making it in Maine: Customer Profiles

4

Directors 15
Report of Independent Registered Retiring Directors &
     Public Accounting Firm

8

     Senior Management 16
Five-year Selected Financial Data

9

Management Team 17
Consolidated Balance Sheets

10

Employees 18
Consolidated Statements of Income

11

Corporate Information 19

 

 

(Graphic of Mr. Murphy and Mr. Colwell)

Dear Fellow Shareholders:

        We are pleased to share with you our Annual Report for 2005, a year reflecting the continuation of some very positive trends for the Company.
        During 2005, we continued developing commercial banking relationships at a vigorous pace and we are reporting exceptionally strong year-over-year growth in this important business segment.
        This growth is a result of our concentrated efforts over the past few years to enhance our commercial banking capacity, expertise and professionalism throughout the markets we serve in downeast and midcoast Maine. Equally important, we continue to enjoy a sustained trend of strong credit quality.
        Despite the numerous short-term interest rate increases by the Federal Reserve and the dramatic flattening of the U.S. Treasury yield curve, we are pleased to report meaningful growth in net interest income, largely due to commercial and consumer loan growth, aided by a stable net interest margin. Long-term interest rates were static during 2005 and remained near historically low levels, stimulating healthy volumes of new home financings.
        Our management team remains focused on controlling the Company’s non-interest expense levels, which during 2005 posted a slight increase compared with the prior year.
        In October 2005, we announced that Bar Harbor Bank & Trust would open its twelfth branch office in the community of Somesville on Mount Desert Island. That branch, which will open in early 2006, is located in an already established banking facility adjacent to the Mt. Desert Post Office. This location provides significant convenience to our many customers and prospects on the Island and enhances our ability to serve and retain valuable relationships in our largest market.
        Continuing our century-old tradition of community stewardship, in 2005 we provided substantial support to our communities in the form of charitable donations and event sponsorships to benefit numerous non-profit organizations. These local organizations provide invaluable services to our communities and we are honored to assist them. Our employees have supplemented our financial contributions with thousands of hours of volunteer service.
        We are most pleased to report to you, our shareholders, strong growth in net income and earnings per share and good progress against other corporate performance benchmarks. While we are pleased with our improvements, we realize there is more to accomplish. We pledge to strive for consistent excellence to justify your continued faith in us.
        At the back of this Annual Report, you will find the Bar Harbor Bankshares team roster. We are immensely proud of their contributions to the success of your Company.

 

/s/Joseph M. Murphy                             /s/Thomas A. Colwell

Joseph M. Murphy                                                Thomas A. Colwell
President & Chief Executive Officer                Chairman of the Board

 

   

(graphic) Making it in Maine.

We are pleased to feature in this report seven Maine-based manufacturers who are literally and figuratively "making it in Maine." Through imagination, entrepreneurial spirit, and hard work, these companies are profitably producing, marketing, and distributing products here in our state. In highlighting these companies, we salute all entrepreneurs in Maine for their tenacity, their ingenuity, and their energy.

Special thanks to Kelco, Mainely Boats, Nautilus Marine, Nervous Nellie’s, Sullivan Plastics, Tempshield, and Trans-Tech for participating in this feature. We hope their success stories inspire and delight you.

Kelco Industries

Since its beginnings in 1955 when Doug Kell, Sr. was selling Maine Christmas trees and wreaths in his home state of New Jersey, Kelco Industries in Milbridge has grown into a leading manufacturer of wreath-making supplies and equipment, tree stands, garlands, enterpieces, and even potpourri. Kell himself designed Kelco’s metal wreath frames as well as the machines used to bend the wreath wires.

Always quick to rebound from any hardship, after suffering a devastating fire in 1999, Kelco was back in business the next day and is now one of the largest private employers in Washington County with 50 year-round and over 90 seasonal employees at their Milbridge facility. Through quality and innovation, the company has built an international customer base of 13,000 – 95% of which is outside the state of Maine. With the help of dedicated employees, many with the company several decades, Kelco ships 60,000-70,000 pieces during the holiday season and it all happens in just 20 days.

(graphic)

Founder Doug Kell, Sr. with his son and partner, Doug Kell, Jr. On this day, three UPS tractor-trailers are being loaded with boxed Christmas wreaths to be shipped to homes all
over the world.

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Christmas Wreaths,
Supplies
& Tree Machinery
Location: Milbridge
Distribution: International
BHBT Customer Since:
1988

 

 

Mainely Boats

(graphic)

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Custom Boat Building
Location: Spruce Head
Distribution: U.S. East Coast
BHBT Customer Since: 2005

Mike Hooper always dreamed of having his own custom boat building business. " Since high school I had this underlying passion to build boats and own my own business someday," said Mike. After several years of attending boat building school and working for other boat manufacturers, in 1999 he realized his dream by starting Mainely Boats. Located in Spruce Head, Mainely Boats is well known in the commercial fishing community for creating high-end, competitively priced lobster boats that are both fast and sleek in design. Hooper, with 6-8 year-round employees, builds three to four boats per year, each custom-designed to the client’s specifications. He says that his flexibility to customize is what sets him apart from the competition. Mainely Boats is currently expanding its product line to include sport-fishing cruisers. They are working on a custom cruiser for the Florida market. Coincidentally, Nautilus Marine (another BHBT feature story) is providing some of the rails and other parts for this new pleasure-craft design.

Mike Hooper on the bow of a Mainely Boats beauty.

Trans-Tech Industries, Inc.

(graphic)

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Aluminum Truck Tanks
Location: Brewer
Distribution: Nationwide
BHBT Customer Since: 1987

A manufacturer in the true sense of the word, Trans-Tech Industries, Inc. turns a raw material (aluminum) into a gleaming truck tank so shiny you can comb your hair in its reflection. Founded in Southwest Harbor in 1984, Trans-Tech’s market began to expand nationwide in the 1990’s, and the need for a centrally located facility became clear. The company now occupies a state-of-the-art 50,000 square foot facility in Brewer and employs 65 people year-round, many in higher-paying

technical positions. Trans-Tech has earned a reputation for manufacturing the strongest, most reliable truck tanks in the petroleum industry. On average they produce 400 tanks per year. Most of the heating oil trucks you see rolling around the Eastern U.S. have a signature rectangular-shaped Trans-Tech tank on back. An excellent example of economic development and job creation, Trans-Tech was recently featured in a state-sponsored video inviting other manufacturers to locate in Maine.

President Ken Peters, Finance Manager Nancy Buckwalter, and Purchasing Manager Steve Mansolilli take a few minutes to cruise the plant. Behind them a 4,400-gallon capacity tank nears the end of the production line.

 

 

Nautilus Marine Fabrication

(graphic)

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business:
Custom Stainless Steel Marine Hardware & Propeller Reconditioning
Location: Trenton
Distribution: U.S. East Coast
BHBT Customer Since: 1998

Ask someone who knows boats, and you’ll likely get an enthusiastic response about Nautilus Marine. Located in the Trenton Business Park across from the Bar Harbor Airport, Nautilus Marine is Maine’s largest provider of custom stainless steel railings and fittings for the world’s finest yachts and commercial fishing boats. Owned by Jim Patten and Stephen Brenton, the company is also renowned for reconditioning propellers. Boat dealers statewide send their customers’ damaged propellers to Trenton for repair. Nautilus Marine has 10 employees who, with great technical skill and precisely calibrated equipment, can take a bent, beat-up prop and make it shine better than new. Every shimmering propeller leaves the shop with a signature Nautilus Marine etching. As Nautilus Marine continues to succeed in Maine, word of their high-quality product and service has driven growth into the Mid-Atlantic states.

Jim Patten (left) and Stephen Brenton (right) show off a few recently conditioned propellers featuring their signature etching.

Sullivan Plastic Products

(graphic)

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Plastic Lobster Tanks, Aquaculture Tanks & Beyond
Location: Sullivan
Distribution: Eastern U.S.
BHBT Customer Since: 1982

Like many Maine entrepreneurs, Tom St. Claire doesn’t have just one "job."He is a published author of two children’s books, owner of a steel building construction company, and now his creativity has led him to the aquaculture industry. Just over a year ago, Tom founded Sullivan Plastic Products, a company that, through a unique welding process, manufactures lightweight plastic lobster tanks. Because the bottoms float, Sullivan Plastic Products’ tanks eliminate the repetitive bending motion typically required when loading and unloading lobsters. Recently, Tom’s mechanical ingenuity and business insight opened the door to another opportunity for the company. He has contracted with the University of Maine to manufacture large-scale brood stock tanks for its aquaculture program. Available in a variety of sizes, and distributed throughout the Eastern U.S., Sullivan Plastic Products’ tanks are an innovative addition to one of Maine’s leading industries.

Tom St. Claire takes a short break among his assortment of plastic tanks.

 

   

 

Nervous Nellie’s

Jams and Jellies

When it comes to manufacturing, most people think of metal and noise and dust. But at Nervous Nellie’s, the factory is full of sweetness and smells to make your mouth water. A unique jam factory run by a creative husband and wife team, Nervous Nellie’s was born over 20 years ago when a bumper crop of raspberries was transformed into jam on the kitchen stovetop. Now over 20,000 people visit Peter and Anne Beerits’ factory, retail store, and sculpture studio on Deer Isle each year. Peter, an artist, designed all the jar labels and is the creator of The Nervous Nellie Story about a red bird with a yellow beak and a wooden jam spoon. Anne manages the kitchen and the business side of things. Whether it’s a jam, chutney or marmalade, all 15 Nellie’s flavors are made by hand, in small batches, in the same 670 square foot white clapboard cottage that has always been the "factory."

Anne and Peter Beerits, with best friend, Scout.

(graphic)

 

 

 

 

 

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Homemade Jams and
Jellies
Location: Deer Isle
Distribution: Nationwide
BHBT Customer Since: 1993

   

Tempshield, Inc.

Ted and Laura Sweeney are partners in business and life. As co-owners of Tempshield, Inc. in Trenton, they produce Cryo-Gloves and Cryo-Aprons that are used by scientists, medical professionals, and manufacturers all over the world. Ted and Laura got their start by designing a glove as an accessory to the ultra low temperature freezers produced by a company in which Ted’s father was a partner. Now the world’s leading manufacturer of cryogenic garments, Tempshield has built a reputation for products that offer superior thermal protection, light weight, and excellent dexterity. Used in clinical laboratories, blood banks, frozen food processing plants, and pharmaceutical testing facilities, Tempshield’s gloves and aprons maximize safety and comfort in ultra cold environments where exposure to cryogenic temperatures is possible. With 20 employees and over 400 distributors around the globe, Tempshield has put Trenton, Maine on the map.

Ted and Laura Sweeney at the beginning of the assembly line. Their signature blue fabric makes a colorful backdrop.

(Graphic)

 

 

CUSTOMER PROFILE
Business: Cryogenic Protective Clothing
Location: Trenton
Distribution: International
BHBT Customer Since: 1993

 

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bar Harbor Bankshares:

We have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Bar Harbor Bankshares and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows, for the years then ended (not appearing herein); and in our report dated March 6, 2006, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2003, was audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated February 19, 2004 expressed an unqualified opinion on this statement.

In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived.

/s/KPMG LLP

KPMG, LLP
Albany, New York
March 6, 2006

 

 

(Graphics)

 

 

FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL DATA
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data):

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

Balance Sheet Data

Total assets

     $747,945

     $666,811

     $583,746

     $553,818

     $487,203

Total investment securities

       183,300

       176,337

       158,387

       160,371

       133,609

Total loans

       514,866

       448,478

       383,408

       351,535

       297,970

Allowance for loan losses

          (4,647)

          (4,829)

          (5,278)

          (4,975)

          (4,169)

Total deposits

       445,731

       398,272

       339,080

       322,015

       291,833

Total borrowings

       239,696

       206,923

       186,431

       170,501

       136,059

Total shareholders' equity

         56,104

         56,042

         53,115

         53,836

         52,538

Average assets

       689,644

       646,205

       560,837

       518,939

       468,249

Average shareholders' equity

         56,132

         54,200

         53,924

         52,813

         52,279

Results Of Operations

Interest and dividend income

     $ 37,195

     $ 31,922

     $ 30,493

     $ 32,352

     $ 33,892

Interest expense

        15,336

        11,545

        11,075

        12,775

        15,751

Net interest income

        21,859

        20,377

        19,418

        19,577

        18,141

Provision for loan losses

              ---

             180

             540

          1,100

          2,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

        21,859

        20,197

        18,878

        18,477

        16,141

Non-interest income

          6,415

          6,572

          7,074

          6,322

          7,520

Non-interest expense

        19,268

        18,914

        18,853

        18,245

        18,489

Income before income taxes

          9,006

          7,855

          7,099

          6,554

          5,172

Income taxes

          2,582

          2,123

          1,892

          1,742

          1,661

Net income before cumulative effect of accounting change

          6,424

          5,732

          5,207

          4,812

          3,511

Less: cumulative effect of change in accounting for
     goodwill, net of tax

              ---

             ---

              ---

             247

               ---

Net income

       $ 6,424

     $ 5,732

       $ 5,207

       $ 4,565

        $ 3,511

Earnings Per Share:

Basic before cumulative effect of accounting change

      $   2.09

     $  1.85

       $  1.67

       $  1.49

        $   1.07

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill,
     net of tax

              ---

            ---

             ---

          (0.07)

               ---

Basic after cumulative effect of accounting change

     $     2.09

$ 1.85

       $   1.67

       $   1.42

        $    1.07

Diluted before cumulative effect of accounting change

$ 2.03

$ 1.79

$ 1.63

$ 1.47

$ 1.06

Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill,
      net of tax

---

---

---

(0.07)

---

Diluted after cumulative effect of accounting change

$ 2.03

$ 1.79

$ 1.63

$ 1.40

$ 1.06

Return on total average assets

0.93%

0.89%

0.93%

0.88%

0.75%

Return on total average equity

11.44%

10.58%

9.66%

8.64%

6.72%

Average equity to average assets

8.14%

8.39%

9.61%

10.18%

11.16%

Dividend payout ratio

40.23%

43.25%

45.60%

53.34%

70.98%

Refer to the Bar Harbor Bankshares Annual Report on Form 10-K for a complete set of consolidated financial statements, including information covering stock prices, dividends, and outstanding shares. This applies to all data on pages 9-14.

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2005, AND 2004
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

December 31,
2005

December 31,
2004

Assets

      Cash and due from banks

      $ 10,994

      $   8,924

      Overnight interest bearing money market funds

           3,006

              647

      Total cash and cash equivalents

         14,000

            9,571

      Securities available for sale, at fair value

       183,300

        176,337

      Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock

         11,324

          10,500

      Loans

       514,866

        448,478

     Allowance for loan losses

          (4,647)

           (4,829)

     Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

       510,219

        443,649

     Premises and equipment, net

         11,785

          11,935

     Goodwill

           3,158

            3,158

     Bank owned life insurance

           5,945

            5,710

     Other assets

           8,214

            5,951

TOTAL ASSETS

      $747,945

      $666,811

Liabilities

     Deposits

          Demand deposits

      $ 55,451

      $ 54,579

          NOW accounts

         66,965

         63,535

          Savings and money market deposits

       133,113

       139,179

         Time deposits

       129,816

       117,279

         Brokered time deposits

         60,386

         23,700

              Total deposits

       445,731

       398,272

     Short-term borrowings

       131,338

         89,851

     Long-term debt

       108,358

       117,072

     Other liabilities

           6,414

           5,574

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        691,841

        610,769

Shareholders' equity

     Capital stock, par value $2.00; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
          issued 3,643,614 shares at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

            7,287

            7,287

     Surplus

            4,002

            4,002

     Retained earnings

          55,181

          51,733

     Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

         Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on securities available for
              sale and derivative instruments, net of taxes of ($895) and $576
              at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively

           (1,738)

            1,118

     Less: cost of 583,655 shares and 563,965 shares of treasury
          stock at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively

           (8,628)

           (8,098)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

          56,104

          56,042

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

      $747,945

      $666,811

 

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005, 2004 AND 2003
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2005

2004

2003

Interest and dividend income:

     Interest and fees on loans

$  29,553

  $ 24,067

$ 23,421

     Interest and dividends on securities

       7,642

       7,855

   7,072

Total interest and dividend income

     37,195

     31,922

30,493

Interest expense:

     Deposits

       6,941

       4,409

    4,336

     Short-term borrowings

       2,648

       1,026

       549

     Long-term debt

       5,747

       6,110

    6,190

Total interest expense

     15,336

     11,545

  11,075

Net interest income

     21,859

     20,377

   19,418

      Provision for loan losses

           ---

          180

        540

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     21,859

     20,197

    18,878

Non-interest income:

     Trust and other financial services

        1,992

        1,929

      2,192

     Service charges on deposit accounts

        1,390

        1,463

      1,509

     Other service charges, commissions and fees

           247

           236

         200

     Credit card service charges and fees

        1,876

        1,687

      1,614

     Net securities gains

           580

           497

      1,257

     Net income on interest rate swap agreements

             ---

          404

           ---

     Other operating income

            330

           356

          302

Total non-interest income

         6,415

        6,572

       7,074

Non-interest expenses:

      Salaries and employee benefits

          9,795

         9,335

        9,483

      Occupancy expense

          1,168

         1,170

        1,058

      Furniture and equipment expense

          1,664

         1,716

        1,540

      Credit card expenses

          1,397

         1,249

        1,187

      Other operating expense

          5,244

         5,444

        5,585

Total non-interest expenses

         19,268

       18,914

      18,853

Income before income taxes

           9,006

          7,855

        7,099

Income taxes

           2,582

          2,123

        1,892

Net income

   $       6,424

   $     5,732

$      5,207

Computation of Earnings Per Share:

Weighted average number of capital stock shares outstanding

     Basic

    3,076,498

    3,098,959

  3,124,230

     Effect of dilutive employee stock options

         90,300

       110,047

       78,974

     Diluted

    3,166,798

    3,209,006

  3,203,204

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share

   $         2.09

   $         1.85

$        1.67

Diluted earnings per share

   $         2.03

   $         1.79

$        1.63

Dividends per share    $         0.84     $        0.80 $        0.76

 

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Assets

The Company’s total assets increased 12% during 2005, ending the year at $748 million. Asset growth continued to be driven by consumer and commercial lending activities.

Loans

Total loans ended the year at $515 million, representing an increase of $66 million, or 15%, compared with year-end 2004. Business lending activity was exceptional during 2005, contributing three-quarters of the year-over-year loan growth.

Lending activities have benefited from the resilience of the local economy, a still-favorable market interest rate environment, and initiatives designed to expand the Bank’s product offerings and attract new customers while continuing to serve its existing customer base.

Consumer loans comprise 58% of the total loan portfolio and principally consist of home mortgages, home equity loans and residential construction loans. The consumer loan portfolio also includes student loans, credit card loans, standby credit loans and installment loans. Secured and unsecured installment loans are provided for boats, new or used automobiles, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and other personal needs.

The Bank serves the small business market throughout downeast and midcoast Maine. It offers business loans to individuals, partnerships, corporations, and other business entities for capital construction, real estate purchases, working capital, real estate development, and a broad range of other business purposes. Business loans are provided primarily to organizations and individuals in the tourist, hospitality, health care, blueberry, boatbuilding, and fishing industries, as well as to other small and mid-size businesses associated with Maine’s coastal communities.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Credit risk is managed through loan officer authorities, loan policies, oversight from the Senior Credit Officer, the Bank’s Senior Loan Officers’ Committee, the Directors’ Loan Committee and the Bank’s Board of Directors. Management follows a policy of continually identifying, analyzing and grading credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio.

The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses ("allowance"), available to absorb losses on loans. The determination of the allowance and provisioning for estimated losses is evaluated regularly. The allowance is maintained at a level that is, in management’s judgment, deemed appropriate for the amount of risk inherent in the loan portfolio and adequate to provide for estimated losses.

The Bank’s non-performing loans remained at low levels during 2005, ending the year at $868 thousand. The Bank’s loan loss experience showed an improvement during 2005, with net charge-offs amounting to only $182 thousand. Reflecting a sustained trend of strong credit quality, during 2005 the Bank did not record a provision for loan losses, compared with $180 thousand in 2004.

Investment Securities

The securities portfolio continued to serve as a key source of earning assets for the Bank. Investment securities totaled $183 million at December 31, 2005, representing an increase of 4% compared with December 31, 2004.

The securities portfolio is comprised of mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. Government agencies, U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, and other corporate issuers.

The portfolio also includes tax-exempt obligations of state and political subdivisions, and

obligations of other U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises.

 

 

 

Graphs:

Total Assets

Total Loans

Non-performing Loans

 

The overall objectives for the securities portfolio include maintaining an appropriate

level of liquidity, diversifying earning assets, managing interest rate risk, leveraging the Bank’s strong capital position, and generating meaningful levels of net interest income. The securities portfolio is managed under the policy guidelines established by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Deposits

The primary source of funding for the Bank’s earning assets continued to be retail deposits, gathered through its network of eleven banking offices throughout downeast and midcoast Maine.

Total deposits ended the year at $446 million, representing an increase of $47 million or 12% compared with December 31, 2004. Deposit growth was principally attributed to certificates of deposit obtained in the national market, as 2005 loan growth outpaced retail deposit growth. Retail deposits increased $11 million during 2005, led by increases in certificates of deposit, NOW accounts and demand deposits, amounting to 11%, 5% and 2%, respectively.

The rate of retail deposit growth lagged historical norms during 2005. Management believes that competition from banks and non-banks intensified as savers and investors sought higher returns in an atmosphere of rising short-term interest rates, and that financial institutions in particular have been aggressive in pricing their deposits in order to fund earning asset growth. Since short-term rates began rising in June 2004, Bank management has exercised restraint with respect to aggressive deposit pricing strategies, and has sought to achieve an appropriate balance between retail deposit growth and wholesale funding levels, while protecting the Bank’s net interest margin and liquidity position.

During the second half of 2005, the Bank launched a variety of new business and personal deposit products, including free checking products, which it believes are highly competitive and designed to satisfy the changing expectations of both individual and business customers.

Borrowings

Borrowed funds principally consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank utilizes borrowed funds in leveraging its strong capital position and supporting its earning asset portfolios. Borrowing maturities are managed in concert with the Bank’s asset and liability management strategy and are closely aligned with the ongoing management of balance sheet interest rate risk.

Total borrowings amounted to $240 million at December 31, 2005, representing an increase of 16% compared with the same date in 2004.

Shareholders’ Equity

Consistent with its long-term strategy of operating a sound and profitable organization, the Company continued to be a "well-capitalized" financial institution according to applicable regulatory standards. Management considers this to be vital in promoting depositor and investor confidence and providing a solid foundation for future growth. Historically, most of the Company’s capital requirements have been provided through retained earnings and this continued to be the case during the year ended December 31, 2005.

At December 31, 2005, the Company’s Tier I Leverage Capital ratio was 7.5%,

compared with 5.0% for "well-capitalized" institutions.

 

 

 

 

 

Graphs:

Total Investment Securities

Total Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Graphs:

Net Income

Earnings Per Share

Non-Interest Expense

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $6.4 million, or fully diluted earnings per share of $2.03, compared with $5.7 million or fully diluted earnings per share of $1.79 for the year ended December 31, 2004, representing increases of 12% and 14%, respectively.

The Company’s return on average equity amounted to 11.44% in 2005, compared with 10.58% in 2004.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of the Company’s income stream and represents the difference or spread between interest generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Fluctuations in market interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income.

Net interest income, on a tax-equivalent basis, amounted to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, representing an increase of $1.4 million or 7% compared with 2004. The increase in net interest income was principally attributed to average earning asset growth of $45 million or 7% during the year, and was aided by a relatively unchanged net interest margin, which in 2005 amounted to 3.43% compared with 3.45% in 2004.

Non-interest Income

In addition to net interest income, non-interest income is a significant source of revenue for the Company and an important factor in its results of operations. Non-interest income is principally derived from financial services including trust, investment management and third-party brokerage activities, as well as service charges on deposit accounts, merchant credit card processing fees, net securities gains, and a variety of other miscellaneous product and service fees.

Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $6.4 million, representing a decline of $157 thousand or 2% compared with 2004. The decline in non-interest income was principally attributed to a $404 thousand decline in non-interest income on interest rate swap agreements, offset in part by increases in other revenues. During the third quarter of 2004 the Bank designated its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges and, prospectively from the time of this designation, current period net cash flows representing amounts received from or paid to counter-parties are recorded as interest income. Non-interest income was favorably impacted by 2005 revenue increases generated from net gains on the sale of investment securities, Bank credit card programs, and trust and other financial service fees, amounting to 17%, 11% and 3% respectively.

Non-interest Expense

Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $19.3 million, representing an increase of $354 thousand or less than 2% compared with 2004. The increase in non-interest expense was principally attributed to a $460 thousand or 5% increase in salaries and employee benefits, reflecting overall increases in the level of employee compensation including incentive compensation, as well as the impact and timing of certain staffing changes during 2004 and 2005. Bank credit card program expenses increased $148 thousand or 12% in 2005, but were offset by a $189 thousand increase in revenue from these programs. All other categories of non-interest expense posted year-over-year declines.

 

 

 

Director Photo

Back Row: Constance M. Shea, Scott G. Toothaker, Dwight L. Eaton, Kenneth E. Smith, Peter Dodge, Clyde H. Lewis, David B. Woodside, Robert C. Carter, Robert B. Phillips, John P. McCurdy.
Front Row: Thomas A. Colwell, Martha T. Dudman, Lauri E. Fernald, Joseph M. Murphy.

 

Board of Directors

BAR HARBOR BANKSHARES AND BAR HARBOR BANK & TRUST

Thomas A. Colwell,* Deer Isle, ME
President, Colwell Bros., Inc.

Robert C. Carter,* Machias, ME
Owner, Machias Motor Inn

Peter Dodge, Blue Hill, ME
President and Insurance Agent, Peter Dodge Agency d/b/a
Merle B. Grindle Agency and John R. Crooker Agency

Martha T. Dudman,* Northeast Harbor, ME
President of Dudman Communications Corporation,
an author, and a professional fundraising consultant

Dwight L. Eaton,* Brooksville, ME
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer
of the former BTI Financial Group

Lauri E. Fernald, Mt. Desert, ME
Funeral Director and an owner of
Jordan Fernald Funeral Home

Clyde H. Lewis, Sullivan, ME
Vice President and General Manager,
Morrison Chevrolet, Inc.

John P. McCurdy,* Lubec, ME
Retired Owner of McCurdy Fish Company

Joseph M. Murphy,* Mt. Desert, ME
President and Chief Executive Officer of Company

Robert M. Phillips, Sullivan, ME
Consultant for Cherryfield Foods, Maine Wild Blueberry, and Oxford Foods

Constance C. Shea, Mt. Desert, ME
Real Estate Broker and an owner in the
Lynam Real Estate Agency

Kenneth E. Smith,* Bar Harbor, ME
Owner and Innkeeper of Manor House Inn

Scott G. Toothaker, Ellsworth, ME
Principal and Vice President of
Melanson Heath
& Co.

David B. Woodside, Bar Harbor, ME
President and General Manager of Acadia Corporation

 

 

* Board of Directors Bar Harbor Trust Services

 

 

Senior Management Photo

 

Senior Management

Back Row: Michael W. Bonsey,
David W. Thibault, Joseph M. Murphy,
Stephen M. Leackfeldt, Daniel A. Hurley, III,
Marsha C. Sawyer.
Front Row: Gregory W. Dalton,
Cheryl D.Curtis, Gerald Shencavitz

 

OUTSTANDING SERVICE TO SHAREHOLDERS
At our 2006 Annual Meeting in May, two distinguished directors will retire.

 

 

 

Photo of Dwight Eaton

 

Dwight L. Eaton has devoted virtually all his adult life to the Company. He served over 35 years as our Senior Trust Officer and a member of senior management before retiring in 2000. He has served our Board since 1988 and has contributed ably to many committees, most notably the Trust Committee which he chaired for several years. Dwight has been a champion of our mission in the communities we serve and he leaves behind an enduring legacy of innovative management and caring customer service.

 

 

 

Photo of John McCurdy

 

John P. McCurdy of Lubec has served as a Director since 1979 and has been a member of the Loan Committee for many years. John retired from decades of leadership in the fish processing industry and has given our board an important and authentic link to Maine’s working waterfront. We will miss his industry knowledge, candid observations and high spirits.

 

Bar Harbor Bankshares
Management
Joseph M. Murphy
President &
Chief Executive Officer

Gerald Shencavitz
Chief Financial Officer
& Treasurer

Judith W. Fuller
Corporate Secretary

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust
Management
Joseph M. Murphy
President &
Chief Executive Officer

Gerald Shencavitz
Chief Operating Officer,
Chief Financial Officer
& Senior Vice President

SENIOR VICE
PRESIDENTS
Michael W. Bonsey
Credit Administration

Cheryl D. Curtis
Marketing & Community
Relations

Gregory W. Dalton
Business Banking

Daniel A. Hurley, III
Bar Harbor Trust Services

Stephen M. Leackfeldt
Retail Banking
& Consumer Lending

Marsha C. Sawyer
Human Resources

David W. Thibault
Operations

VICE PRESIDENTS
Richard H. Bansley, III
Information Systems

Marcia T. Bender
Branch Operations

David S. Cohen
Controller &
Assistant Treasurer

Richard E. Dickson
Managed Assets

David B. Doolittle
Business Banking

Vicki L. Hall
Business Banking

Phyllis C. Harmon
Consumer Lending

Wilfred R. Hatt
Business Banking

Maureen T. Lord
Regional Branch Manager

Sonya L. Mitchell
Financial Consultant

Cheryl L. Mullen
Retail Sales and Service
& Branch Administration

Carol J. Pye
Retail and Residential Lending

Andrew X. Sankey
General Services

R. Todd Starbird
Business Banking

Linda B. Stratton
Branch Manager, Deer Isle

David S. Waite
Business Banking

ASSISTANT VICE
PRESIDENTS
Judi L. Anderson
Credit Administration

Steven W. Blackett
Credit Administration

Dawn L. Crabtree
Servicing and Quality Assurance

Audrey H. Eaton
Branch Manager, Ellsworth

Ward R. Grant, III
Compliance

Marjorie E. Gray
Branch Manager, Blue Hill

Derek W. R. Hayes
Business Banking

Barbara F. Hepburn
Human Resources

Bonnie L. LaBelle
Consumer Lending

Carolyn R. Lynch
Internal Audit

Elena M. Martin
Account and Transaction
Processing

J. Paul Michaud
Application Support
and Project Management

Judith L. Newenham
Consumer Lending

Lisa L. Parsons
Regional Branch Manager

OFFICERS
Sonja L. Hubbard
Staff Development

Benjamin M. Ketchen
Business Banking

Russell A. Patton, III
Information Security

Bonnie A. Poland
Retail Banking

Lester L. Porter
Assistant Controller

MANAGERS
Faye M. Allen
Customer Service Manager,
Ellsworth

Amanda B. Ashe
Deposit Services Manager

Kelly S. Blanch
Branch Manager, Lubec

Laura A. Bridges
Servicing and Quality Assurance

Brenda B. Colwell
Training

Brenda J. Condon
Customer Service Manager,
Blue Hill

Linda C. Elliott
Branch Manager,
Winter Harbor

Michelle L. Gamache
Customer Service Manager,
Rockland

Annette J. Guertin
Purchasing Manager

Tara M. Hart
Mortgage Processing Manager

Donna B. Hutton
Customer Service-Direct

Robert J. Lavoie
Information Systems Operations

Deborah A. Maffucci
Accounting

Colleen E. Maynard
Branch Manager, Milbridge

Debra S. Mitchell-Dow
Customer Service Manager,
Bar Harbor

Dawn B. Nason
Account and Transaction
Processing

Debra R. Sanner
Branch Manager,
Southwest Harbor

Terry E. Tracy
Branch Administration

Lisa F. Veazie
Customer Service Manager,
Deer Isle

Rachel I. Pelletier
Consumer Lending

Lisa Mallock-Ross
Mortgage Originator

Ann G. Upham
Mortgage Originator

Bar Harbor Trust Services
Daniel A. Hurley, III
President

Gerald Shencavitz
Chief Financial Officer

Joshua A. Radel
Chief Investment Officer

Joseph M. Pratt
Managing Director
and Trust Officer

VICE PRESIDENTS
Melanie J. Bowden
Trust Officer

Faye A. Geel
Trust Officer

Lara K. Horner
Trust Operations Officer

Sarah C. Robinson
Trust Officer

ASSISTANT VICE
PRESIDENT
Mischelle E. Adams
Trust Officer

OFFICERS
Michael A. Beardsley
Assistant Investment Officer

Julie B. Zimmerman
Trust Officer

 

Employees (as of February 24, 2006)

Gwen M. Abbott
Susan L. Albee
Deena M. Allen
Stacie J. Alley
June G. Atherton
Vicki J. Austin
Molly J. Baker
Charla F. Bansley
Karen C. Beal
Melynda M. Beal
Donna L. Blankley
Penny S. Brady
Heather J. Bray
Paul J. Bussiere
Antoinette S. Buzzard
Hillary A. Carter
Janice F. Cassidy Patricia M. Chapman
Jyl E. Chase
Jamie L. Church
Theresa L. Colson
Pamela L. Curativo
Laura H. Danielson
Terrence M. Devereaux
Judy A. Driscoll
Julie M. Eaton

Pamela J. Farnsworth
Sharee M. Fitton
Amy N. Foskett
Debra L. Foster
Jason P. Freeman
Shelley E. Gray
Jason K. Gregoire
Susanne M. Griffin
Kelli M. Hall
Kelton I. Hallett
Wanda W. Halpin
Christine L. Harding
Prescilla J. Harper
Nancy B. Hastings
Sharon E. Hobbs
Amy E. Hodgkins
Jeanette L. Howie
Lynn L. Huffman
Tracy L. Hurd
Mistie L. Hutchins
Debra E. Innes
Theresa D. Jameson
Maureen E. Kane
Rebecca H. Kent
Kathryn M. Kief
Whitney E. Kilton

James R. Kurr
Janice E. LaChance
Paula M. Lamoureux
Bonnie S. LeBlanc
Marlene A. Lloyd
Cory C. Long
Virginia L. MacLeod
Carol M. Marshall
Jody C. McFadden
Paula M. Michaud
Kara M. Miller
Melanie D. Moores
Michele L. Morrison
Debra J. Newman
Nicole E. Norton-Daley
Debbie B. Norwood
Nichole D. Norwood
Alexandra Orcutt
Andrea L. Parker
Jane M. Parker
Jon B. Perkins
Jennifer L. Philbrick
Michelle P. Rafferty
Mary C. Ratner
Charles S. Read
Julie A. Redman

Judy A. Richards
Amanda L. Robbins
Jane M. Robinson
Jennifer M. Saunders
Frank J. Schaefer
Debra L. Scott-Henderson
Bridgette M. Shorey
Stacey J. E. Sinford
Colleen H. Smith
Andrea L. Snow
Tyson Starling
Lottie B. Stevens
Sarah E. Strout
Laurie J. Suydam
Peter M. Swanberg
Jennifer A. Torrey
Stephen R. Trader
Timothy F. Tunney
Lindsay A.Ulman
Allyson M. Wallace
Jeffrey M. Warner
Jeanne L. F. Weeks
Lisa M. Young
Melissa M. Zumwalt

 

 

 

 

 

(Graphics)

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Information

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Shareholders, analysts and other investors seeking financial information about Bar Harbor Bankshares should contact Gerald Shencavitz, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, at 207-288-3314.

SHAREHOLDER ASSISTANCE

Questions concerning your shareholder account, including change of address forms, records or information about lost certificates or dividend checks, should be directed to our transfer agent:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

6201 15th Avenue, 3rd Floor

Brooklyn, NY 11219

800-937-5449

www.amstock.com

INTERNET

Bar Harbor Bank & Trust information, as well as Bar Harbor Bankshares Form 10-K, is available at www.BHBT.com.

ANNUAL MEETING

The Annual Meeting of shareholders of Bar Harbor Bankshares will be held at 11:00 a.m. on Tuesday, May 16th at the Bar Harbor Club located on West Street in Bar Harbor, ME.

PRINTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We will provide, without charge, and upon written request, a copy of the Bar Harbor Bankshares Annual Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission, Form 10-K. The bank will also provide, upon request, Annual Disclosure Statements for Bar Harbor Bank & Trust as of December 31, 2005. Please contact Marsha C. Sawyer, Bar Harbor Bankshares Clerk, at 207-288-3314.

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING

Bar Harbor Bankshares common stock is traded on the American Stock Exchange (www.amex.com), under the symbol BHB.

MAILING ADDRESS :

If you need to contact our corporate headquarters office, please write:

Bar Harbor Bankshares

P.O. Box 400

82 Main Street

Bar Harbor, ME 04609

207-288-3314

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

The Company refers you to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and appended to this report for detailed financial data, management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, disclosures about market risk, descriptions of the business of the Company and its products and services, and a listing of its executive officers.

 

 

 

(Graphics)

 

LOGO and slogan

 

What’s on your horizon?

 

 

Corporate Headquarters
& Bar Harbor Branch
82 Main Street
Bar Harbor
288-3314

Blue Hill
21 Main Street
374-5600

Deer Isle
25 Church Street
348-2319

Ellsworth
137 High Street
667-7194

Lubec
68 Washington Street
733-4931

Machias
20 Main Street
255-3372

Milbridge
2 Bridge Street
546-7323

Northeast Harbor
111 Main Street
276-3314

Rockland
245 Camden Street
594-9557

Somesville
1055 Main Street
244-4417

Southwest Harbor
314 Main Street
244-3314

Winter Harbor
385 Main Street
963-5800

Bangor Office
One Cumberland Place
Suit 100
945-5237

Ellsworth
Financial Services Center
135 High Street
667-3883

 

EXHIBIT 14

BARHARBOR BANKSHARES
CODE OF CONDUCT AND BUSINESS ETHICS

The purpose of this code

The honesty, integrity and sound judgment of our directors, officer, and employees is fundamental to the reputation and success of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Company.")

In order to promote and assure the proper and ethical performance of its business and to maintain the confidence of the public and our stockholders in the Company, the Board of Directors has adopted the following Code of Conduct and Business Ethics (the "Code") as a set of expectations and a guide for all directors, officers, and employees. The Company believes that it is essential for all directors, officers, and employees to avoid those improper activities (or activities that could give the impression of impropriety) that could damage the Company’s reputation and lead to adverse consequences for the Company or for the individuals involved.

All directors, officers, and employees are expected to be familiar with this Code and to seek guidance on any matters that from time to time are unclear.

I.

Honest and candid conduct

Each director, officer, and employee is expected to perform his or her duty to the Company with integrity and by adhering to high standards of business ethics. Such standards include being honest and candid with stockholders, with customers, with regulators and with each other, while still maintaining confidential information consistent with Company policies.

II.

Compliance with laws, rules, and regulations

Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is one of the foundations on which the Company’s ethical policies are built. All directors, officers, and employees must respect and obey all applicable governmental laws, rules, and regulations. Although not all directors, officers, and employees are expected to know the details of these laws, rules, and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from one’s senior managers or outside professionals. All directors, officers, and employees are expected to seek guidance whenever the legal context of any activity is in doubt.

III.

Integrity of records

The integrity, reliability, and accuracy of the Company’s books, records, and financial statements is fundamental to the Company’s business success. Employees, officers, and directors must comply with all internal control procedures established by the Company for the safeguarding of assets and proper reporting and disclosure of financial information.

No director, officer, or employee may cause the Company to enter into a transaction with the intent to document or record it in a deceptive or unlawful manner. In addition, no director, officer, or employee may create any false or artificial documentation or book entry for any transaction entered into by the Company. Similarly, officers and employees who have a responsibility for accounting and financial reporting matters have a responsibility to accurately record all funds, assets, and transactions on the Company’s books and records.

 

IV.

Trading in Company stock

The Company believes that it is important for directors, officers, and employees to invest in the Company’s stock, if they are financially able and can make an informed investment decision. Such investments reflect confidence in the Company’s business strategy and its ability to compete. Such investments inspire confidence among the Company’s independent investors and the community. However, great care must be taken when insiders make such investments.

Directors, officers, and employees who have access to confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except for the conduct of the Company’s business. All non-public information about the company should be considered confidential in this context. To use non-public information for personal benefit or to "tip" another person or party, including family members, who might make an investment decision based upon this confidential information is unethical, in violation of this code, and also illegal. The consequences of such improper trading activity can be severe including fines, civil judgments as well as criminal sanctions against the individuals involved, as well as severe damage to the credibility and reputation of the Company.

Directors, officers, and employees are expected to exercise great care and discretion when trading in Company stock and are reminded to consult with the CFO (Mr. Shencavitz) or the Company’s clerk (Mrs. Sawyer) to ensure that all protocols for timing and reporting stock trades are followed.

V.

Background checks and insurance bonding

The Company is a provider of banking and financial services and its conduct and performance is subject to intense regulatory oversight. In addition, because the relationship between the Company and its customers is built on trust, the Company must ensure that its directors, officers, and employees reflect the highest ethical standards. To that end, all prospective directors, officers, and employees are subject to appropriate background checks as a condition of appointment or employment. In addition, a blanket surety bond covers all directors, officers, and employees. Any director, officer, or employee who becomes uninsurable under this bond must terminate his or her relationship with the Company.

VI.

Compliance with the Federal Bank Bribery Law of 1985

In general, it is both illegal and against company policy for any director, officer, or employee to solicit, for themselves or for another, anything of value from anyone in return for a business service or confidential information of the Company or to accept anything of value in connection with the business of the Company, either before or after a transaction is discussed or consummated. The Act prohibits gifts given, offered, solicited, or accepted with the intent to influence or be influenced. Ultimately a director, officer, or employee cannot be certain as to another’s intention in offering or making a gift. Consequently, a director, officer, or employee must exercise great caution in acceptance of any gift and no gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, or provided except as described below.

 

Gifts Permitted – The Company recognizes in the ordinary course of doing business, directors, officers, and employees, without risk of corruption, may accept something of nominal value ($50.00 or less) from those doing or seeking to do business with the Company. The most common examples are business luncheons, flowers, the holiday season gift, or thank you from a customer.

Other exceptions are described below when directors, officers, and employees may accept things of value in connection with Company business:

  • Gifts, gratuities, amenities, or favors may be accepted for any amount from family members or friends when the circumstances make it clear that it is those relationships, rather than in connection with any business of the Company, which are the motivating factors.
  • Meals, refreshments, travel arrangements, accommodations, or entertainment, all of nominal value, may be accepted in circumstances that are clearly a business expense under the Internal Revenue Service regulations, facilitate business discussions or foster better business relations, provided the expenses would be paid by the Company as a reasonable business expense if not paid by another party.
  • Advertising or promotional material of nominal value may be accepted, such as pens, pencils, note pads, key chains, calendars, and similar items generally available to all vendor clients.
  • Discounts or rebates on merchandise or services may be accepted that do not exceed those available to other customers.
  • Civic, charitable, educational, or religious organizational awards of nominal value may be accepted for recognition of service and accomplishment.
  • Loans from other banks or financial institutions may be accepted on customer terms to finance proper and usual activities of Company directors, officers, and employees.
  • Gifts of nominal value may be accepted relating to commonly recognized events or occasions, such as a promotion, new job, wedding, retirement, new baby, christening, bar or bat mitzvah.

Reporting of Unusual Gifts -- Directors, officers, and employees who are offered or receive something of value outside the scope of this Policy are required to make a written report of all relevant facts about the gift to the Human Resources Office. Moreover, the Human Resources Office shall maintain these written reports and review them with the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors to determine what has been offered or what has been accepted is reasonable and does not threaten the integrity of the individual or the Company.

VII.

Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when a person’s private interests interfere in any way, or appear to interfere, with the interests of the Company or its customers. A conflict situation can arise when a director, officer, or employee takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively or effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when a director, officer, or employee or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position at the Company.

 

However, it is customary and routine for directors, officers, and employees and their families to do business with a local community bank such as the Company. The Company encourages such relationships as beneficial to both the Company and the customer so long as the relationships are fair, reasonable, and conducted on terms and conditions generally available to those afforded to any similar customer.

Generally, employees are prohibited from being in a position to supervise, review, or have any influence on the job evaluation or salary of their close relatives. Directors, officers, or employees who have family members or friends working for the Company or for businesses seeking to provide goods or services to the Company may not use their personal influence to affect negotiations. Employees who have relatives or friends that work for competitors, and where such relationships might present a conflict of interest, should bring this fact to the attention of their immediate supervisors.

Because it is almost always a conflict of interest for a Company employee to work simultaneously for a competitor, customer, or supplier, no Company officer or employee may work for or serve as a consultant to a customer or supplier without express written permission from the Company.

Officers and employees may not borrow from customers or supplies except from those whose normal business includes lending, and any such borrowing must be at market rates.

Officers and employees should not process financial transactions in which they have a personal interest. Personal interest means the employee or their immediate family members. These transactions must be handled by another authorized by disinterested officer or employee.

Officers and employees may not accept a legacy or gift from a customer of the Company under a will or trust instrument unless there is an immediate family relationship. Officers and employees functioning in the trust department may not be executor, executrix, trustee, or have any fiduciary responsibility with respect to any accounts unless there is an immediate family relationship.

Any director, officer, or employee who is uneasy about a situation that might present a conflict of interest should seek clarification from the Company’s Code of Ethics Coordinator, the SVP of Human Resources.

VIII.

Fair dealing

The Company is committed to promoting the values of honesty and fairness in the conduct of its business and seeks a work environment that fosters mutual respect, openness, and individual integrity. Directors, officers, and employees are expected to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, and competitors and are strictly prohibited from:

  • making any false or misleading statements to customers or suppliers;
  • personally benefiting from opportunities that are discovered through the use of the Company’s property, contacts, information, or position;
  • soliciting, demanding, accepting, or agreeing to accept anything of value from any person in conjunction with his or her performance of employment or duties at the Company; or
  • offering something of value to someone that he or she transacts business with if the benefit is not otherwise available to similarly situated Company customers or suppliers under the same conditions.

The Company will not pay any bribe, or kickback, to anyone, including customers and their families or their agents to facilitate the sale of the Company’s products and services. Should such payments be requested from any director, officer, or employee, the Company’s CEO or SVP of Human Resources should be contacted immediately.

The Company has a long history and a strong reputation as an honest and ethical business competitor. The Company does not seek a competitive advantage by using a competitor’s confidential information, by misrepresentation of facts, or by speaking unflatteringly of the competitors or their employees. Directors, officers, and employees who engage in such practices, however beneficial to the Company’s business, are in violation of this code.

IX.

Confidential and proprietary information

One of the most important provisions of this code covers the topic of confidentiality.

This code strictly prohibits the use of confidential information about the Company or its businesses, its customers, suppliers, directors, officers, or employees for personal benefit or disclosing such information to others outside of normal duties. Directors, officers, and employees shall maintain the confidentiality of all information entrusted to them by the Company, its business partners, or its customers except when such disclosure is authorized by the Company or is legally required.

Confidential information includes: information marked "confidential" of "for internal use only"; business or marketing plans; Company earnings projections; personnel information; customer lists or customer account information; other nonpublic information that if disclosed might be of use to the Company’s competitors or otherwise harmful to the Company or its customers and business partners.

To avoid the inadvertent disclosure of confidential information, directors, officers, and employees shall not discuss confidential information with or in the presence of any unauthorized persons, including family members and friends. Social interactions with former directors, officers, and employees of the Company present a special risk to the preservation of confidential information. Such persons once had access to confidential Company information but no longer enjoy that right and current directors, officers, and employees must take special care not to disclose or discuss confidential information with former colleagues however innocently intended.

Upon voluntary or involuntary termination, each director, officer, or employee agrees to deliver promptly to the Company all memoranda, files, notes, records, disks, manuals, or other documentation, including all copies of same containing confidential information, whether compiled by the director, officer, or employee or furnished by any source while this relationship existed.

All directors, officers, and employees are subject to the requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, which requires the Company to maintain administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect sensitive customer information. The Company requires all directors, officers, and employees to participate in annual training seminars to maintain acquaintance with the requirements of this legislation and the Company’s information security program.

X.

Cooperation with legal and regulatory authorities

It is the policy of the Company to cooperate fully, to the extent permitted by law, with any and all regulatory activities, examinations, or investigations promulgated by the SEC, FDIC, Federal Reserve Bank, or the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions. From time to time, these regulatory bodies seeking information regarding the Company’s activities may consult directors, officers, and employees. The Company expects and requires every director, officer, and employee to answer such inquiries forthrightly and honestly.

It is also the policy of the Company to cooperate with any governmental investigation to the extent permitted by law. If anyone in the Company becomes aware that such an investigation is planned or underway, he or she should inform the Company CEO so that appropriate legal counsel can be obtained before any actions are taken. Any employee who receives a subpoena requesting information should refer to the Company’s policy manual for information on how to proceed. Regardless of the matter under investigation, no director, officer, or employee shall destroy any Company documents to avoid disclosure; alter any existing Company documents or records; lie or make misleading statements to any government investigator; or cause any other Company employee to provide false information.

XI.

Corporate news and information

The offices of the CEO, CFO, or SVP of Marketing, or a designated senior officer will handle all statements to the various communications media concerning the Company’s business. In particular, no information regarding the financial performance of the Company will be shared with any person unless it has been published in reports to the shareholders or through an authorized press release. Release of Company financial performance information is limited to the CEO and CFO.

XII.

Political activities

The Company will not make any contribution to any political party or to any candidate for political office in support of such candidacy except as provided in this policy and permitted by law.

The U. S. federal law strictly controls corporate involvement in the federal political process. This policy is not intended to prevent the communication of Company views to legislators, governmental agencies, or to the general public with respect to existing or proposed legislation or governmental policies or practice affecting business operations.

To avoid any misinterpretation or endorsement, directors, officers, and employees participating in political activities do so as individuals and not as representatives of the Company. Personal political interests and activities must be pursued on personal time and not interfere with work of that of other directors, officers, and employees.

Directors, officers, and employees are prohibited from making personal political contributions in the name of or on behalf of the Company except for donations made through recognized political action committees approved by the Company.

 

XIII.

Rendering legal advice

Customers of the Company and other individuals sometimes seek advice from the Company’s directors, officers, and employees regarding the legal effect of a transaction. The Company recognizes the exclusive authority of trained and licensed individuals to practice law and to deliver such advice. Directors, officers, and employees are cautioned to avoid making any statements that could be interpreted as giving legal advice.

XIV.

Compliance with corporate expense policies

Receipts and disbursements must be fully and accurately described on the Company’s books and records. No director, officer, or employee shall request or approve any payment that is to be used for a purpose that is not reflected in the documents supporting the payment. No invoices or expense reimbursement documents believed to be false or fictitious may be paid or submitted. All expense reimbursements must be for corporate purposes only.

XV.

Reporting an accountability for this code

Any director, officer, or employee who is requested to engage in any activity, which is or may be, contrary to this Code, must promptly report such information to their senior manager, the SVP of Human Resources, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Chairman of the Board.

Any director, officer, or employee who acquires information that gives that director, officer, or employee reason to believe that any other director, officer, or employee is engaged in conduct forbidden by the Code must promptly report such information to their senior manager, the SVP of Human Resources, the Chief Executive Officer, or Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Audit Committee will be immediately informed and involved, if applicable.

Any director, officer, or employee may raise concerns of unethical or otherwise inappropriate activity without fear of retribution or retaliation.

Failure to report violations of the Code or illegal or unethical behavior can itself be considered a violation of the Code and subject to disciplinary action.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Director of Human Resources, or Audit Committee, as the case may be, will investigate any reported violations and will oversee an appropriate response, including corrective action and preventative measures. Directors, officers, and employees that violate any laws, governmental regulations, or this Code will face appropriate, case specific disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.

For the purposes of administering this Code, the Code Coordinator is the Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Marsha C. Sawyer. The Chairman of the Audit Committee also maintains a private mail and e-mail address to receive confidential concerns about the Company’s practices. These addresses are listed in the policy section of the Employee Handbook.

 

XVI.

Waiver of this Code

Although unlikely, from time to time the Company may waive one or more provisions of this code in unusual circumstances. Only the Board of Directors may authorize a waiver of this code to benefit an executive officer or director. Any such waiver must be promptly disclosed as required by the SEC on a Form 8-K, within five days of the waiver. Only the Code of Ethics Coordinator, Marsha C. Sawyer, Senior Vice President, Human Resources, can authorize a waiver for other employees or officers.

XVII.

Annual Reaffirmation of this Code

The Company will insure that information in the Code is relayed to officers and employees in periodic training. Every director, officer, and employee will confirm or reconfirm his or her understanding and adherence to this Code in writing once each year. This confirmation will represent: that each bank director, officer, and employee has read this Code of Conduct and Business Ethics; that it is fully understood; that he or she will comply with its requirements; that he or she is unaware of any violation on the part of any other person or party which has not been properly disclosed.

All managers and supervisors are responsible for reviewing this Code with their staff each time a new edition of this Code is published. This Code is also published on the Company’s website ( www.bhbt.com ).

 

EXHIBIT 21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant:

The following are the subsidiaries of the Registrant:

(1) Bar Harbor Bank & Trust, a first tier wholly owned financial institution organized under the laws of the State of Maine; and

(2) Bar Harbor Trust Services, a second tier non-depository trust company organized under the laws of the State of Maine.

 

 

 

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 The Board of Directors
Bar Harbor Bankshares:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Forms S-8 (File Nos. 333-122941 and 333-122939) of Bar Harbor Bankshares relating to the Bar Harbor Bankshares 401(k) Plan and Bar Harbor Bankshares and its Subsidiaries Incentive Stock Option Plan of 2000, of our reports dated March 6, 2006, relating to (1) the consolidated balance sheets of Bar Harbor Bankshares and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for the years then ended and (2) management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31 2005, which reports appear in the December 31, 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bar Harbor Bankshares.

/s/KPMG LLP

Albany, New York
March 15, 2006

 

  

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-122939 of Bar Harbor Bankshares and Subsidiaries Incentive Stock Option Plan of 2000, of our report dated February 19, 2004 relating to the consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, cash flows and comprehensive income of Bar Harbor Bankshares and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2005, which report appears in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bar Harbor Bankshares for the year ended December 31, 2005

/s/ Berry, Dunn, McNeil & Parker

Bangor, Maine
March 10, 2005

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14 AND 15d-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934 AND SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Joseph M. Murphy, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Registrant");

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

  1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  2. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  3. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  4. Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  2. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 16, 2006

/s/ Joseph M. Murphy

Joseph M. Murphy
Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14 AND 15d-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934 AND SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gerald Shencavitz, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Registrant");

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

  1. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  2. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  3. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  4. Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

  1. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  2. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 16, 2006

/s/ Gerald Shencavitz

Gerald Shencavitz
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

     The undersigned executive officer of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Registrant") hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained therein fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

/s/ Joseph M. Murphy

Name:
Title:

      Joseph M. Murphy
      Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: March 16, 2006

Note: A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Bar Harbor Bankshares and will be retained by Bar Harbor Bankshares and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

     The undersigned executive officer of Bar Harbor Bankshares (the "Registrant") hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained therein fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

/s/ Gerald Shencavitz

Name:
Title:

      Gerald Shencavitz
      Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: March 16, 2006

Note: A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to Bar Harbor Bankshares and will be retained by Bar Harbor Bankshares and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.